Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation And Operation Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Cisco Manuals
  4. Chassis
  5. ONS 15454 DWDM
  6. Installation and operation manual

Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation And Operation Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for ONS 15454 DWDM:
1
2
3
Table Of Contents
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual See also: Reference Manual, Operation & Installation Manual
Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and
Operations Guide
Product and Software Release 4.7
Last Updated: August 27, 2007
Corporate Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 526-4100
Customer Order Number: DOC-7816539=
Text Part Number: 78-16539-01

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM

Summary of Contents for Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM

  • Page 1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide Product and Software Release 4.7 Last Updated: August 27, 2007 Corporate Headquarters Cisco Systems, Inc. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706 http://www.cisco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS (6387) Fax: 408 526-4100...
  • Page 2 OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.;...
  • Page 3 Required Tools and Equipment (ETSI) Cisco-Supplied Equipment (ETSI) User-Supplied Equipment (ETSI) Tools Needed (ETSI) Test Equipment (ETSI) NTP- G1 Unpack and Inspect the Shelf Assembly DLP- G1 Unpack and Verify the Shelf Assembly Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 4: Table Of Contents

    NTP- G11 Install an External Wire-Wrap Panel on the AEP (ANSI Only) 1-59 NTP- G12 Install and Close the FMEC Cover (ETSI Only) 1-63 NTP- G13 Install the Rear Cover (ANSI Only) 1-65 NTP- G14 Install DWDM Equipment 1-66 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 5 DLP- G50 Delete a Node from the Current Session or Login Group 2-31 DLP- G51 Delete a Node from a Specified Login Node Group 2-31 DLP- G52 Change the JRE Version 2-32 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 6 DLP- G71 Install Fiber-Optic Cables for an ROADM Node 3-53 NTP- G35 Route Fiber-Optic Cables 3-55 NTP- G36 Calculate Cable Connections 3-56 DLP- G72 Create a DWDM Connection 3-57 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 7 DLP- G89 Verify OADM Node Pass-Through Channel Connections 4-29 DLP- G90 Verify an AD-xB-xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power 4-30 DLP- G91 Verify an AD-xC-xx.x Pass-Through Connection 4-31 DLP- G92 Verify an 4MD-xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power 4-32 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 8 NTP- G61 Modify and Delete Overhead Circuits 6-17 DLP- G111 Repair an IP Tunnel 6-17 DLP- G112 Delete Overhead Circuits 6-18 NTP- G62 Create a J0 Section Trace 6-18 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 viii September 2004...
  • Page 9 NTP- G73 Change the PM Display DLP- G131 Refresh PM Counts at 15-Minute Intervals DLP- G132 Refresh PM Counts at One-Day Intervals DLP- G133 View Near-End PM Counts DLP- G134 View Far-End PM Counts Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 10 DLP- G160 Change the Node Name, Date, Time, and Contact Information DLP- G161 Change the Login Legal Disclaimer NTP- G81 Change CTC Network Access 9-10 DLP- G162 Change IP Settings 9-11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 11 DLP- G191 Change User Password and Security Level—Single Node 9-38 DLP- G192 Change User Password and Security Level—Multiple Nodes 9-38 DLP- G193 Delete User—Single Node 9-39 DLP- G194 Delete User—Multiple Nodes 9-40 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 12 DLP- G217 Change Line Settings for TXP_MR_10G and TXP_MR_10E Cards 10-34 DLP- G218 Change Section Trace Settings for the TXP_MR_10G Card 10-37 DLP- G219 Change Line Threshold Settings for TXP_MR_10G and TXP_MR_10E Cards 10-38 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 13 NTP- G101 Modify Alarm Interface Controller–International Settings 10-80 DLP- G245 Change External Alarms Using the AIC-I Card 10-80 DLP- G246 Change External Controls Using the AIC-I Card 10-81 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xiii September 2004...
  • Page 14 11-34 NTP- G116 Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly 11-35 NTP- G117 Replace the ANSI Shelf Alarm Interface Panel 11-40 NTP- G118 Replace the ANSI Shelf Plastic Lower Backplane Cover 11-44 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 15 13.10.4 Fiber Management Using the Optional ANSI Tie-Down Bar 13-40 13.11 Fan-Tray Assembly 13-41 13.11.1 Fan Speed and Power Requirements 13-42 13.11.2 Fan Failure 13-43 13.11.3 Air Filter 13-43 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 16 14.2.3.2 External Alarms and Controls 14-18 14.2.3.3 Orderwire 14-19 14.2.3.4 Power Monitoring 14-20 14.2.3.5 User Data Channel 14-20 14.2.3.6 Data Communications Channel 14-21 14.3 Front Mount Electrical Connections 14-21 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 17 14.6.1.1 Key Features 14-45 14.6.1.2 Faceplate 14-45 14.6.1.3 Block Diagrams 14-47 14.6.1.4 Power Monitoring 14-48 14.6.1.5 32MUX-O Card-Level Indicators 14-48 14.6.1.6 32MUX-O Port-Level Indicators 14-48 14.6.2 32DMX-O Card 14-48 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xvii September 2004...
  • Page 18 14.7.2.6 AD-2C-xx.x Port-Level Indicators 14-69 14.7.3 AD-4C-xx.x Card 14-69 14.7.3.1 Key Features 14-70 14.7.3.2 Faceplate 14-70 14.7.3.3 Block Diagram 14-71 14.7.3.4 Power Monitoring 14-73 14.7.3.5 AD-4C-xx.x Card-Level Indicators 14-73 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xviii September 2004...
  • Page 19 14.8.2.7 FEC and E-FEC Modes 14-93 14.8.2.8 Client-to-Trunk Mapping 14-93 14.8.2.9 TXP_MR_10E Card-Level Indicators 14-93 14.8.2.10 TXP_MR_10E Port-Level Indicators 14-94 14.8.3 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 14-94 14.8.3.1 Faceplate 14-96 14.8.3.2 Block Diagram 14-97 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 20 14.8.6.4 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Card-Level Indicators 14-118 14.8.6.5 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Port-Level Indicators 14-119 14.9 Transponder and Muxponder Protection 14-119 14.9.1 Y-Cable Protection 14-119 14.9.2 Splitter Protection 14-120 14.10 Far-End Laser Control (FELC) 14-121 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 21 16.3.1 Optical Performance for Rings and Linear Networks with OADM Nodes 16-8 16.3.2 Optical Performance for Linear Networks Without OADM Nodes 16-10 16.3.3 Optical Performance for ROADM Rings and Linear Networks 16-13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 22 C H A P T E R 19.1 IP Networking Overview 19-1 19.2 IP Addressing Scenarios 19-2 19.2.1 Scenario 1: CTC and ONS 15454s on Same Subnet 19-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxii September 2004...
  • Page 23 20.5.3 Alarm Profile Editing 20-11 20.5.4 Alarm Severity Options 20-11 20.5.5 Row Display Options 20-12 20.5.6 Applying Alarm Profiles 20-12 20.6 Alarm Suppression 20-13 20.7 External Alarms and Controls 20-13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxiii September 2004...
  • Page 24 B.3.2 AIC Card Specifications (ANSI only) B.3.3 AIC-I Card Specifications B.3.4 MIC-A/P FMEC Specifications (ETSI only) B-10 B.3.5 MIC-C/T/P FMEC Specifications (ETSI only) B-11 B.4 DWDM Card Specifications B-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxiv September 2004...
  • Page 25 C.3.2 Optical Payload Port Service State Transitions C.3.3 OSC Port Service State Transitions C.3.4 OCHNC Service State Transitions C.3.5 Transponder/Muxponder Card Service State Transitions C.3.6 Transponder/Muxponder Port Service State Transitions C-11 N D E X Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 26 Contents Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxvi September 2004...
  • Page 27 ONS 15xxx FlexLayer Shelf Assembly 1-71 Figure 1-29 Installing Cards in the ONS 15454 ETSI 1-73 Figure 2-1 Logging into CTC 2-26 Figure 2-2 Login Node Group 2-30 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxvii September 2004...
  • Page 28 Select Node/Profile Combination For Delete Dialog Box 7-28 Figure 7-13 Alarm Filter Dialog Box General Tab 7-31 Figure 7-14 Alarm Filter Dialog Box Conditions Tab 7-31 Figure 7-15 AIC Card External Alarms 7-37 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxviii September 2004...
  • Page 29 Figure 11-16 Attaching Plastic Lower Backplane Cover 11-45 Figure 13-1 Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Dimensions 13-5 Figure 13-2 Mounting an ONS 15454 ANSI Shelf in a Rack 13-6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxix September 2004...
  • Page 30 Alarm Output Circuit Diagram 13-34 Figure 13-34 Managing Cables on the Front Panel 13-37 Figure 13-35 Fiber Capacity 13-38 Figure 13-36 Patch-Panel Module 13-39 Figure 13-37 DWDM Fiber Tray 13-40 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 31 Figures Figure 13-38 Tie-Down Bar on the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Shelf Assembly 13-41 Figure 13-39 Position of the ONS 15454 ETSI Fan-Tray Assembly 13-42 Figure 13-40 Ground Posts on the ONS 15454 ANSI Backplane 13-44 Figure 13-41 ONS 15454 ANSI Backplane Pinouts (Release 3.4 or Later)
  • Page 32 Figure 14-60 MXP_2.5G_10E Faceplate and Ports 14-107 Figure 14-61 MXP_2.5G_10E Block Diagram 14-108 Figure 14-62 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Faceplates 14-115 Figure 14-63 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Block Diagram 14-116 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxxii September 2004...
  • Page 33 Linear Configuration with an OADM Node 16-5 Figure 16-6 Linear Configuration without an OADM Node 16-6 Figure 16-7 Single-Span Link 16-6 Figure 16-8 Nodes Using OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E Cards 16-19 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxxiii September 2004...
  • Page 34 Network View Alarm Profiles Window 20-9 Figure 20-5 Card View of an E1000-2-G Card Alarm Profile 20-12 Figure 20-6 External Alarms and Controls Using a Virtual Wire 20-15 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxxiv September 2004...
  • Page 35 OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Optical Channel Thresholds Settings 10-8 Table 10-5 OSC-CSM, OSCM, or OPT-BST Amplifier Maintenance Settings 10-9 Table 10-6 OPT-PRE and OPT-BST Amplifier Optical Line Settings 10-11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxxv September 2004...
  • Page 36 Table 10-40 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Transponder Card Section Trace Settings 10-59 Table 10-41 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Transponder Card Line Thresholds Settings for OC-3/STM-1, OC-12/STM-4, and OC-48/STM-16 Payloads 10-60 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxxvi September 2004...
  • Page 37 ONS 15454 Card Interfaces Assigned to Input Power Classes 14-7 Table 14-4 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performances 14-7 Table 14-5 2.5-Gbps Interface Optical Performances (Part 1) 14-8 Table 14-6 2.5-Gbps Interface Optical Performances (Part 2) 14-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxxvii September 2004...
  • Page 38 AD-2C-xx.x Port Calibration 14-69 Table 14-38 AD-2C-xx.x Card-Level Indicators 14-69 Table 14-39 AD-4C-xx.x Channel Sets 14-70 Table 14-40 AD-4C-xx.x Port Calibration 14-73 Table 14-41 AD-4C-xx.x Card-Level Indicators 14-73 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxxviii September 2004...
  • Page 39 Span Loss for 32-Channel Ring and Linear Networks with OADM Nodes Using SMF Fiber 16-8 Table 16-4 Span Loss for 16-Channel Ring and Linear Networks with OADM Nodes Using SMF Fiber 16-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xxxix September 2004...
  • Page 40 ONS 15454 Default User Idle Times 18-5 Table 18-4 Audit Trail Window Columns 18-6 Table 18-5 SSM Generation 1 Message Set 18-8 Table 18-6 SSM Generation 2 Message Set 18-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 41 AD-1B-xx.x Channel Allocation Plan by Band B-22 Table B-11 AD-1B-xx.x Optical Specifications B-24 Table B-12 AD-1B-xx.x Transmit and Receive Dropped Band Wavelength Ranges B-24 Table B-13 AD-4B-xx.x Channel Allocation Plan by Band B-26 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 42 Table C-7 Cisco ONS 15454 OCHNC Service State Transitions Table C-8 ONS 15454 Transponder/Muxponder Card Service State Transitions Table C-9 ONS 15454 Transponder/Muxponder Port Service State Transitions C-11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xlii September 2004...
  • Page 43 NTP-G27 Set Up the ONS 15454 for Firewall Access 3-19 NTP-G28 Set Up SNMP 3-22 NTP-G29 Preprovision a Slot 3-24 NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards 3-26 NTP-G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units 3-28 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xliii September 2004...
  • Page 44 NTP-G62 Create a J0 Section Trace 6-18 NTP-G63 Document Existing Provisioning NTP-G64 View Alarms, History, Events, and Conditions NTP-G65 Delete Cleared Alarms from Display 7-13 NTP-G66 View Alarm-Affected Circuits 7-14 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xliv September 2004...
  • Page 45 10-43 NTP-G98 Modify Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds for TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 10-55 NTP-G99 Modify Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds for MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 10-65 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 46 NTP-G116 Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly 11-35 NTP-G117 Replace the ANSI Shelf Alarm Interface Panel 11-40 NTP-G118 Replace the ANSI Shelf Plastic Lower Backplane Cover 11-44 NTP-G119 Power Down the Node 12-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xlvi September 2004...
  • Page 47 1-67 DLP-G28 Install the Fiber Patch Panel Shelf 1-68 DLP-G29 Install the Fiber Storage Shelf 1-68 DLP-G30 Install the FlexLayer Shelf 1-69 DLP-G31 Install the FlexLayer Modules 1-69 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xlvii September 2004...
  • Page 48 DLP-G62 Provision the IIOP Listener Port on the CTC Computer 3-22 DLP-G63 Install an SFP 3-32 DLP-G64 Remove an SFP 3-32 DLP-G65 Install Fiber-Optic Cables for OSC Link Terminations on All Nodes 3-37 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xlviii September 2004...
  • Page 49 DLP-G96 Set Up Internal Timing DLP-G97 Provision a Proxy Tunnel 5-10 DLP-G98 Provision a Firewall Tunnel 5-11 DLP-G99 Create a Provisionable Patchcord 5-12 DLP-G100 Search for Optical Channel Network Connections Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 xlix September 2004...
  • Page 50 DLP-G131 Refresh PM Counts at 15-Minute Intervals DLP-G132 Refresh PM Counts at One-Day Intervals DLP-G133 View Near-End PM Counts DLP-G134 View Far-End PM Counts DLP-G135 Reset Current PM Counts Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 51 DLP-G167 Delete a Firewall Tunnel 9-14 DLP-G168 Change the Network View Background Color 9-15 DLP-G169 Change the Default Network View Background Map 9-16 DLP-G170 Apply a Custom Network View Background Map 9-17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 52 DLP-G203 Change Maintenance Settings for Automatic Laser Shutdown 10-9 DLP-G204 Change Optical Line Settings for OPT-PRE and OPT-BST Amplifiers 10-10 DLP-G205 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings for OPT-PRE and OPT-BST Amplifiers 10-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 53 DLP-G237 Change Distance Extension Settings for MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 10-69 DLP-G238 Change OC48 Settings for MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 10-70 DLP-G239 Change Section Trace Settings for MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 10-72 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 liii September 2004...
  • Page 54 DLP-G260 Clear a Manual or Force Switch on a Node Timing Reference 11-25 DLP-G261 Scope and Clean Fiber Connectors and Adapters with Alcohol and Dry Wipes 11-33 DLP-G262 Clean Fiber Connectors with CLETOP 11-34 DLP-G263 Clean the Fiber Adapters 11-34 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 55: About This Guide

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms Note do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.

  • Page 56: Document Objectives

    Document Organization The Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, Release 4.7 is organized into the following chapters: Chapter 1, “Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards”...

  • Page 57: Related Documentation

    (OCHNC), and transponder/muxponder cards and ports. Related Documentation Use this Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, Release 4.7 in conjunction with the following referenced publications: Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide, Release 4.7 •...
  • Page 58 SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Where to Find Safety and Warning Information For safety and warning information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document that accompanied the product. This publication describes the international agency compliance and safety information for the Cisco ONS 15xxx systems. It also includes translations of the safety warnings that appear in the ONS 15xxx system documentation.
  • Page 59 About this Guide Obtaining Documentation Obtaining Documentation Cisco documentation and additional literature are available on Cisco.com. Cisco also provides several ways to obtain technical assistance and other technical resources. These sections explain how to obtain technical information from Cisco Systems.
  • Page 60 URL: http://www.cisco.com/techsupport/servicerequest For S1 or S2 service requests or if you do not have Internet access, contact the Cisco TAC by telephone. (S1 or S2 service requests are those in which your production network is down or severely degraded.) Cisco TAC engineers are assigned immediately to S1 and S2 service requests to help keep your business operations running smoothly.
  • Page 61 Definitions of Service Request Severity To ensure that all service requests are reported in a standard format, Cisco has established severity definitions. Severity 1 (S1)—Your network is “down,” or there is a critical impact to your business operations. You and Cisco will commit all necessary resources around the clock to resolve the situation.
  • Page 62 Obtaining Additional Publications and Information • iQ Magazine is the quarterly publication from Cisco Systems designed to help growing companies learn how they can use technology to increase revenue, streamline their business, and expand services. The publication identifies the challenges facing these companies and the technologies to help solve them, using real-world case studies and business strategies to help readers make sound technology investment decisions.

  • Page 63: Before You Begin

    Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards This chapter explains how to install the Cisco ONS 15454 ETSI and Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI shelf assemblies. Where procedures differ for the two shelf types, the procedure will indicate “ANSI only” or “ETSI only.”...
  • Page 64 “node” refers to the entire hardware and software system. Required Tools and Equipment (ANSI) You need the following tools and equipment to install and test the ONS 15454 ANSI shelf assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 65 Alarm cable pairs for all alarm connections, #22 or #24 AWG (0.51 mm² or 0.64 mm²), solid tinned • 100-ohm shielded BITS clock cable pair #22 or #24 AWG (0.51 mm² or 0.64 mm²), twisted-pair • T1-type Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 66 Double-hole grounding lug for ground connection with a wire receptacle to accommodate the • recommended 13.3 mm² (#6 AWG) multi-strand copper wire (1) M4 x 8 mm pan-head Phillips screws (2) • M6 x 20 mm socket set screws (2) • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 67 • 1.0/2.3 miniature coax connectors Labels • Ring runs are not provided by Cisco and can hinder side-by-side shelf installation where space is limited. Note Tools Needed (ETSI) To install the ONS 15454 ETSI, you need the following tools. •...
  • Page 68 Cisco Systems logo designates the top of the box. Step 2 Remove the foam inserts from the box. The box contains the ONS 15454 shelf (wrapped in plastic) and a smaller box of items needed for installation. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 69: Dlp-G2 Inspect The Shelf Assembly

    The pins are not bent or broken. • The frame is not bent. • If the pins are bent or broken, or the frame is bent, call your Cisco sales engineer for a replacement. Step 3 Close the front door before installing. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).

  • Page 70: Ntp-G2 Install The Shelf Assembly

    To prevent the system from overheating, do not operate it in an area that exceeds the maximum Warning recommended ambient temperature of: 45°C (113°F). Take care when connecting units to the supply circuit so that wiring is not overloaded. Warning Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 71 “DLP-G4 Install the External Brackets and Air Filter (ANSI Only)” task on page 1-11. Complete the necessary rack mount task as applicable: Step 3 DLP-G5 Mount the Shelf Assembly in a Rack (One Person), page 1-13 • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 72: Dlp-G3 Reverse The Mounting Bracket To Fit A 19-Inch (482.6-Mm) Rack (Ansi Only)

    Step 4 Insert the screws that were removed in Step 1 and tighten them. Step 5 Repeat the task for the mounting bracket on the opposite side. Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-10 September 2004...

  • Page 73: Dlp-G4 Install The External Brackets And Air Filter (Ansi Only)

    Each time you remove and reinstall the air filter in the future, you must first remove the fan-tray assembly. Do not install an air filter in both filter locations on any shelf assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-11 September 2004...

  • Page 74: Figure 1-2 Installing The External Brackets

    With the fan-tray assembly removed, place the ONS 15454 facedown on a flat surface. Step 1 Although the filter will work if it is installed with either side facing up, Cisco recommends that Note you install it with the metal bracing facing up to preserve the surface of the filter.

  • Page 75: Dlp-G5 Mount The Shelf Assembly In A Rack (One Person)

    Ensure that the shelf assembly is set for the desired rack size (either 23 inches [584.2 mm] or 19 inches Step 2 [482.6 mm]). Figure 1-3 shows the rack-mounting position for the ONS 15454 ETSI. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-13 September 2004...

  • Page 76: Figure 1-3 Mounting An Ons 15454 Etsi In A Rack

    Use at least one set of the horizontal screw slots on the shelf assembly to prevent slippage. Note Using the hex tool, remove the temporary set screws. Step 8 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-14 September 2004...

  • Page 77: Dlp-G6 Mount The Shelf Assembly In A Rack (Two People)

    Using the hex tool that shipped with the assembly, install the two set screws into the holes that will not Step 3 be used to mount the shelf. Let the set screws protrude sufficiently to hold the mounting brackets. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-15 September 2004...

  • Page 78: Dlp-G7 Mount Multiple Shelf Assemblies In A Rack

    25 mm (1 inch) between the third-party unit and the bottom of the ONS 15454 ETSI. The third-party equipment must not vent heat upward into the ONS 15454 ETSI. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-16 September 2004...
  • Page 79 Rack (One Person)” task on page 1-13 or the “DLP-G6 Mount the Shelf Assembly in a Rack (Two People)” task on page 1-15. Figure 1-4 shows a three-shelf ONS 15454 ETSI bay assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-17 September 2004...

  • Page 80: Figure 1-4 Three-Shelf Ons 15454 Etsi (15454 Sdh) Bay Assembly

    M6 mounting screws for each side of the shelf assembly. Figure 1-5 shows how to mount an air ramp in the rack. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-18 September 2004...

  • Page 81: Dlp-G8 Install The Air Ramp

    Reverse the Mounting Bracket to Fit a 19-inch (482.6-mm) Rack (ANSI Only)” task on page 1-10 required. Align the chassis with the rack mounting screw holes; insert and tighten the four screws. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-19 September 2004...

  • Page 82: Ntp-G3 Open And Remove The Front Door

    The ONS 15454 shelf assembly comes with a pinned hex key for locking and unlocking the front door. Turn the key counterclockwise to unlock the door and clockwise to lock it. Figure 1-6 illustrates the front door of the ANSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-20 September 2004...

  • Page 83: Dlp-G10 Remove The Front Door

    As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level None For ONS 15454 ETSI shelves: Step 1 Unscrew the nut holding the ground wire to the shelf. Remove the nut and washer. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-21 September 2004...

  • Page 84: Figure 1-7 Removing The Ons 15454 Etsi Front Door

    #4 Kepnut (49-0337-01) on the terminal lug using the open-end wrench. Remove the terminal lug and lock washer. Lift the door from its hinges at the top left corner of the door (Figure 1-8). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-22 September 2004...

  • Page 85: Ntp-G4 Open And Remove The Fmec Cover (Etsi Only)

    “DLP-G12 Remove the FMEC Cover” task on page 1-25. Step 2 Step 3 Continue with the “NTP-G6 Install the MIC-A/P and MIC-T/C/P FMECs (ETSI Only)” procedure on page 1-27. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-23 September 2004...

  • Page 86: Dlp-G11 Open The Fmec Cover

    F A N F A IL M IN Use the handles to pull the cover forward. Step 2 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-24 September 2004...

  • Page 87: Dlp-G12 Remove The Fmec Cover

    Detach the cover from the pin of the hinge. Step 4 Step 5 Remove the cover carefully from the left pin of the hinge. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-25 September 2004...

  • Page 88: Ntp-G5 Remove The Backplane Covers (Ansi Only)

    Step 1 Grasp the cover on each side. Step 2 Gently pull the cover away from the backplane. Step 3 Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-26 September 2004...

  • Page 89: Dlp-G14 Remove The Backplane Sheet Metal Cover

    Always use the supplied ESD wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 ETSI. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right outside edge of the shelf assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-27...
  • Page 90 Push the FMEC gently into the connector. The ONS 15454 ETSI FMECs plug into electrical connectors Step 4 on the back panel of the shelf assembly when the screws are tightened. Figure 1-11 shows FMEC installation. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-28 September 2004...

  • Page 91: Figure 1-11 Installing Fmecs On The Ons 15454 Etsi

    M IN Step 5 Tighten the screws. Continue with the “NTP-G7 Install the Power and Ground” procedure on page 1-30. Step 6 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-29 September 2004...

  • Page 92: Ntp-G7 Install The Power And Ground

    Do not mix conductors of dissimilar metals in a terminal or splicing connector where physical contact occurs (such as copper and aluminum, or copper and copper-clad aluminum), unless the device is suited for the purpose and conditions of use. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-30 September 2004...
  • Page 93 “DLP-G19 Turn On and Verify Office Power” task on page 1-39. Step 4 Step 5 Continue with the “NTP-G8 Install the Fan-Tray Assembly” procedure on page 1-40. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-31 September 2004...

  • Page 94: Dlp-G15 Connect The Office Ground To The Ons 15454 Etsi

    Prepare the other end of the grounding wire and connect it to an appropriate grounding point in your site Step 8 to ensure adequate earth ground for the shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-32 September 2004...

  • Page 95: Dlp-G16 Connect The Office Ground To The Ons 15454 Ansi

    Listed pressure terminal connectors such as ring and fork types; connectors must be suitable for #10 AWG copper conductors Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G13 Remove the Lower Backplane Cover, page 1-26 Required/As Needed Required Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level None Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-33 September 2004...

  • Page 96: Figure 1-13 Ground Location On The Backplane

    Figure 1-13 Ground Location on the Backplane FRAME GROUND Step 3 Attach the other end of the shelf ground cable to the bay. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-34 September 2004...

  • Page 97: Dlp-G17 Connect Office Power To The Ons 15454 Etsi

    Connectors must be suitable for copper conductors. When terminating power, return, and frame ground, do not use soldering lug connectors, screwless Caution (push-in) connectors, quick-connect connectors, or other friction-fit connectors. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-35 September 2004...

  • Page 98: Table 1-1 Pin Connection Of The Power Fmecs

    Pin Connection of the Power FMECs Function Cable Color Battery return Black –48 V battery Ground Green with yellow stripes Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-36 September 2004...

  • Page 99: Dlp-G18 Connect Office Power To The Ons 15454 Ansi

    ONS 15454 power terminals. Dress the power according to local site practice. Step 3 When installing the ONS 15454, the ground connection must always be made first and disconnected Warning last. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-37 September 2004...

  • Page 100: Figure 1-14 Cisco Ons 15454 Power Terminals

    Crimp the lugs onto the ends of all power leads. Step 6 When terminating battery and battery return connections as shown in Figure 1-14, follow a Note torque specification of 10 in-lb. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-38 September 2004...

  • Page 101: Dlp-G19 Turn On And Verify Office Power

    A-side return ground and verify that no voltage is present. Place the red test lead on the B-side return ground and verify that no voltage is present. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-39...

  • Page 102: Ntp-G8 Install The Fan-Tray Assembly

    ONS 15454 ANSI applications in an outside plant cabinet. Note Error messages appear on the TCC2 card, the fan-tray LED, and in Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) when the fan-tray assembly is removed from the shelf or when one fan is not working.
  • Page 103 Step 3 fans are running. Figure 1-15 shows the fan-tray assembly location on the ONS 15454 ETSI. Figure 1-16 shows the fan-tray assembly location on the ONS 15454 ANSI. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-41 September 2004...

  • Page 104: Figure 1-15 Installing The Fan-Tray Assembly On The Ons 15454 Etsi

    DLP- G19 Turn On and Verify Office Power Figure 1-15 Installing the Fan-Tray Assembly on the ONS 15454 ETSI F A N F A IL M IN Fan tray assembly Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-42 September 2004...

  • Page 105: Figure 1-16 Installing The Fan-Tray Assembly On The Ons 15454 Ansi

    “NTP-G9 Install the Alarm Expansion Panel (ANSI Only)” procedure on page 1-44. Otherwise, continue with the “NTP-G10 Attach Wires to Alarm, Timing, LAN, and Craft Pin Connections” procedure on page 1-47. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-43 September 2004...

  • Page 106: Ntp-G9 Install The Alarm Expansion Panel (Ansi Only)

    Step 1 Remove the two backplane screws. Replace the two screws with standoffs. Insert the longer standoff on the left, and the shorter standoff on the right (Figure 1-17). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-44 September 2004...

  • Page 107: Figure 1-17 Replace Backplane Screws With Standoffs

    Figure 1-17 Replace Backplane Screws with Standoffs Longer Shorter Step 2 Attach the remaining two standoffs on either side of the backplane (Figure 1-18). Step 3 Position the AEP board over the standoffs. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-45 September 2004...

  • Page 108: Figure 1-18 Installing Standoffs And The Aep

    Figure 1-19 AEP Wire-Wrap Connections to Backplane Pins White Orange Black Yellow BITS ENVIRONMENTAL ALARMS MODEM CRAFT LOCAL ALARMS IN/OUT FG10 FG11 FG12 Violet Green Brown Slate Blue Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-46 September 2004...

  • Page 109: Ntp-G10 Attach Wires To Alarm, Timing, Lan, And Craft Pin Connections

    Always use the supplied ESD wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 ETSI. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right outside edge of the shelf assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-47...

  • Page 110: Dlp-G20 Install Alarm Wires On The Mic-A/P (Etsi Only)

    Using 0.51 mm² or 0.64 mm² (#22 or #24 AWG) wires, connect the alarm and control wires on the Step 1 appropriate pins of the DB-62 connector. The pin connectors, signal names, and functions are listed in Table 1-3. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-48 September 2004...

  • Page 111: Table 1-3 Alarm Pin Assignments

    EXALM8+ Extra alarm 8 EXALM9– Extra alarm 9 EXALM9+ Extra alarm 9 EXALM10– Extra alarm 10 EXALM10+ Extra alarm 10 EXALM11– Extra alarm 11 EXALM11+ Extra alarm 11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-49 September 2004...
  • Page 112 Connect the DB-62 connector to the ALARM IN/OUT connector on the MIC-A/P faceplate. Step 3 Tighten the screws of the connector on the alarm cable. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-50 September 2004...

  • Page 113: Dlp-G21 Install Timing Wires On The Mic-C/T/P (Etsi Only)

    Connect the other end of the cable to the external source of the timing signal according to Table 1-4. Step 3 Repeat Step 3 for each cable that is required. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-51 September 2004...

  • Page 114: Dlp-G22 Install Lan Wires On The Mic-C/T/P (Etsi Only)

    RJ-45 Pin RJ-45 Pin Function LAN 1 PNMSRX+ Connecting to DCE white/green (a hub or switch) PNMSRX– green Cross-over Ethernet cable PNMSTX white/orange — — PNMSTX– orange — — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-52 September 2004...

  • Page 115: Dlp-G23 Install Alarm Wires On The Backplane (Ansi Only)

    AIC-I in the Release 3.4 or higher ONS 15454 backplane and Figure 1-21 calls out the external alarm pins on that backplane. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-53 September 2004...
  • Page 116 The AIC-I requires a shelf assembly running Software Release 3.4.0 or later. The backplane of Note the ANSI shelf contains a wire-wrap field with pin assignment according to the layout in Figure 1-20. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-54 September 2004...

  • Page 117: Figure 1-20 Cisco Ons 15454 Backplane Pinouts (Release 3.4 Or Later)

    Chapter 1 Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards DLP- G23 Install Alarm Wires on the Backplane (ANSI Only) Figure 1-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Backplane Pinouts (Release 3.4 or Later) BITS ENVIRONMENTAL ALARMS MODEM CRAFT LOCAL ALARMS IN/OUT FG10 FG11...

  • Page 118: Dlp-G24 Install Timing Wires On The Backplane (Ansi Only)

    Input from BITS device 1 ring BITS-1 Output to external device 1 BITS-1 Output to external device 1 ring BITS-2 Input from BITS device 2 BITS-2 Input from BITS device 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-56 September 2004...

  • Page 119: Dlp-G25 Install Lan Wires On The Backplane (Ansi Only)

    A frame ground pin is located beneath each pin field (FG2 for the LAN pin field). Wrap the ground shield of the LAN interface cable to the frame ground pin. Table 1-7 shows the LAN pin assignments. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-57 September 2004...

  • Page 120: Dlp-G26 Install The Tl1 Craft Interface (Ansi Only)

    Using #22 or #24 AWG (0.51 mm² or 0.64 mm²) wire, wrap the craft interface wires on the appropriate Step 1 wire-wrap pins according to local site practice. Wrap the ground shield of the craft interface cable to the frame-ground pin. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-58 September 2004...

  • Page 121: Ntp-G11 Install An External Wire-Wrap Panel On The Aep (Ansi Only)

    None Position the lower cover over the AEP. Make sure that the AEP AMP Champ connectors protrude Step 1 through the cutouts in the lower cover (Figure 1-22). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-59 September 2004...

  • Page 122: Figure 1-22 Installing The Aep Cover

    Alarm Input Pin Assignments AMP Champ Pin Signal Name AMP Champ Pin Signal Name ALARM_IN_1– ALARM_IN_2– ALARM_IN_3– ALARM_IN_4– ALARM_IN_5– ALARM_IN_6– ALARM_IN_7– ALARM_IN_8– ALARM_IN_9– ALARM_IN_10– ALARM_IN_11– ALARM_IN_12– ALARM_IN_13– ALARM_IN_14– ALARM_IN_15– ALARM_IN_16– Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-60 September 2004...

  • Page 123: Table 1-10 Alarm Output Pin Assignments

    — COM_2 COM_3 — NO_3 NO_4 — COM_4 COM_5 — NO_5 NO_6 — COM_6 COM_7 — NO_7 NO_8 — COM_8 COM_9 — NO_9 NO_10 — COM_10 COM_11 — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-61 September 2004...

  • Page 124: Figure 1-23 Alarm Input Connector

    ALARM_IN_22- ALARM_IN_23- XREF=6 XREF=6 ALARM_IN_24- ALARM_IN_25- XREF=6 XREF=6 ALARM_IN_27- ALARM_IN_26- XREF=6 XREF=6 ALARM_IN_28- ALARM_IN_29- XREF=6 XREF=6 ALARM_IN_31- ALARM_IN_30- XREF=5 ALARM_IN_+ GND2 Figure 1-24 illustrates the alarm output connectors. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-62 September 2004...

  • Page 125: Ntp-G12 Install And Close The Fmec Cover (Etsi Only)

    Insert the cover carefully onto the left pin of the hinge (Figure 1-25). Step 1 Move the cover to the right side towards the right pin of the hinge. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-63 September 2004...

  • Page 126: Figure 1-25 Ons 15454 Etsi Fmec Cover

    Attach the cover to the shelf using the screws on the top of the cover. Step 7 Continue with the “NTP-G14 Install DWDM Equipment” procedure on page 1-66. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-64 September 2004...

  • Page 127: Ntp-G13 Install The Rear Cover (Ansi Only)

    Attach the cover by hanging it from the mounting screws on the back of the mounting brackets and Step 5 pulling it down until it fits snugly into place. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-65 September 2004...

  • Page 128: Ntp-G14 Install Dwdm Equipment

    “DLP-G29 Install the Fiber Storage Shelf” task on page 1-68 as needed. Step 3 Complete the “DLP-G8 Install the Air Ramp” task on page 1-19 as needed. Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-66 September 2004...

  • Page 129: Dlp-G27 Install The Dcu Shelf Assembly

    DWDM planning tool that is available your Cisco account representative. MetroPlanner prepares a shelf plan for each network node and calculates the power and attenuation levels for the DWDM cards installed in the node. For information about Cisco MetroPlanner, refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner DWDM Operations Guide, Release 2.5.

  • Page 130: Dlp-G28 Install The Fiber Patch Panel Shelf

    Reverse the Mounting Bracket to Fit a 19-inch (482.6-mm) Rack (ANSI Only)” task on page 1-10 required. Align the chassis with the rack mounting screw holes, insert the screws (4) and tighten. Step 3 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-68 September 2004...

  • Page 131: Dlp-G30 Install The Flexlayer Shelf

    Add/Drop FlexLayer modules. Table 1-11 lists the two-channel FlexLayer modules and part numbers. Refer to Chapter 13, “Shelf Hardware Reference” for more information about FlexLayer modules. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-69 September 2004...

  • Page 132: Table 1-11 Ons 15Xxx Flexlayer Hardware Part Numbers

    ITU-100 GHz 2 Ch, FlexMod - 1559.79 and 1560.61 Insert the appropriate module into the FlexLayer shelf assembly. Step 2 Note FlexLayer modules are not listed in generated Cisco MetroPlanner 2.5 site plans. Use a Phillips screwdriver to install the two accompanying screws. Step 3 Figure 1-28 shows the FlexLayer shelf assembly and how the FlexLayer modules can be installed.

  • Page 133: Dlp-G32 Install The Y-Cable Protection Modules

    Step 3 Repeat this task as necessary for each Y-cable module you want to install. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-71 September 2004...

  • Page 134: Ntp-G15 Install The Common Control Cards

    If you install a card incorrectly, the FAIL LED flashes continuously. Complete the “DLP-G33 Install the TCC2 Card” task on page 1-73. Step 1 Figure 1-29 shows card installation in an ONS 15454 ETSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-72 September 2004...

  • Page 135: Dlp-G33 Install The Tcc2 Card

    ONS 15454 must be a TCC2 card, and it must initialize before you install any cross-connect or traffic cards. Tools/Equipment Two TCC2 cards Prerequisite Procedures None Required/As Needed Required Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level None Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-73 September 2004...
  • Page 136 The ACT/STBY LED turns on. (The ACT/STBY LED might take several minutes to turn on while • the DCC processor boots.) Alarm LEDs might be on; disregard alarm LEDs until you are logged into the Cisco Transport Note Controller (CTC) and can view the Alarms tab.
  • Page 137 Alarm LEDs might be on; disregard alarm LEDs until you are logged into CTC and can view Note the Alarms tab. Step 12 Verify that the ACT/STBY LED is amber for standby. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-75 September 2004...

  • Page 138: Dlp-G34 Install The Aic Or Aic-I Card

    If the red FAIL LED does not turn on, check the power. If you insert a card into a slot provisioned for a different card, no LEDs turn on. Note Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-76 September 2004...

  • Page 139: Ntp-G16 Perform The Shelf Installation Acceptance Test

    NTP-G15 Install the Common Control Cards, page 1-72 If you installed an ONS 15454 ANSI shelf, complete Table 1-13 by verifying that each applicable Step 2 procedure was completed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-77 September 2004...

  • Page 140: Dlp-G35 Inspect The Shelf Installation And Connections

    To check that the front door is seated correctly, verify that it can be easily closed without disturbing fiber Step 2 or Ethernet patch cords. To check that the FMEC cover is seated correctly, verify that it can be easily closed without disturbing Step 3 cables. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-78 September 2004...

  • Page 141: Dlp-G36 Measure Voltage

    Return is open or missing. • Repeat Step 1 Step 2 for the RET2 and BAT2 of the redundant power supply input. Step 3 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-79 September 2004...
  • Page 142 Chapter 1 Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards DLP- G36 Measure Voltage Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 1-80 September 2004...

  • Page 143: Connect The Pc And Log Into The Gui

    C H A P T E R Connect the PC and Log into the GUI This chapter explains how to connect PCs and workstations to the Cisco ONS 15454 and how to log into Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) software, which is the ONS 15454 Operation, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) user interface.

  • Page 144: Ntp-G17 Set Up Computer For Ctc

    • NTP-G20 Set Up a Remote Access Connection to the ONS 15454, page 2-22 • Cisco recommends that you configure your browser to disable the caching of user IDs/passwords on Note computers used to access Cisco optical equipment. In Internet Explorer, choose Tools > Internet Options > Content. Click Auto Complete and uncheck the User names and passwords on forms option.

  • Page 145: Dlp- G37 Run The Ctc Installation Wizard For Windows 2-3

    Note computer has a faster processor and more RAM. Insert the Cisco ONS 15454 Release 4.7 software or documentation CD into your computer CD drive. Step 2 The installation program begins running automatically. If it does not start, navigate to the CD directory and double-click setup.exe.
  • Page 146 Remove to uninstall the JRE. If you choose Modify and click Next, continue with Step If you choose Remove and click Next, continue with Step Click Next. Choose one of the following: Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 147 Note Click Next. Click Finish. If you are uninstalling the JRE, click Remove. Note In the Cisco Transport Controller Installation Wizard, click Next. The online user manuals are installed. Step 12 Click Finish. Step 13 Step 14 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).

  • Page 148: Dlp-G38 Run The Ctc Installation Wizard For Unix

    Change the directory; type: Step 2 cd /cdrom/cdrom0/ From the techdoc454 CD directory, type: Step 3 ./setup.bat The Cisco Transport Controller Installation Wizard displays the components that will be installed on your computer: Java Runtime Environment 1.4.2 • Acrobat Reader 6.0.1 •...
  • Page 149 JRE version for your browsers. Click Custom if you want to select the components to install and select the browsers that will • use the JRE version. Click Next. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 150 Click Next. Click Finish. If you are uninstalling the JRE, click Remove. Note In the Cisco Transport Controller Installation Wizard, click Next. The online user manuals are installed. Step 13 Click Finish. Step 14 Note Be sure to record the names of the directories you choose for JRE and the online user manuals.

  • Page 151: Ntp-G18 Set Up Ctc Computer For Local Craft Connection To The Ons 15454

    To enable it, see the If DHCP is enabled, it passes DCHP requests to “NTP-G26 Set Up CTC Network an external DHCP server. Access” procedure on page 3-8. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 152 After setting up your CTC computer, continue with the “NTP-G21 Log into the ONS 15454 GUI” procedure on page 2-23 as needed. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-10 September 2004...

  • Page 153: Dlp-G39 Set Up A Windows Pc For Craft Connection To An Ons 15454 On The Same Subnet Using Static Ip Addresses

    The last octet must be 1 or 3 through 254. This IP address appears on the LCD unless its display is suppressed during node provisioning. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-11 September 2004...
  • Page 154 In the Default Gateway field, type the ONS 15454 IP address. Click OK. In the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box, click OK. In the Local Area Connection Status dialog box, click Close. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-12 September 2004...

  • Page 155: Dlp-G40 Set Up A Windows Pc For Craft Connection To An Ons 15454 Using Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

    Access” procedure on page 3-8. The ONS 15454 does not provide the IP addresses. If DHCP forwarding is enabled, it passes DCHP Note requests to an external DHCP server. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-13 September 2004...
  • Page 156 In the Local Area Connection Status dialog box, click Properties. On the General tab, choose Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), then click Properties. Click Obtain an IP address from a DHCP server. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-14 September 2004...

  • Page 157: Detection

    You do not need to access non-ONS 15454 applications such as ping • and tracert (trace route). Tools/Equipment Prerequisite Procedures NTP-G17 Set Up Computer for CTC, page 2-2 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level None Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-15 September 2004...
  • Page 158 If you have Windows NT 4.0 installed on your PC, complete the following steps to change its TCP/IP Step 4 configuration: From the Windows Start menu, choose Settings > Control Panel. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-16 September 2004...
  • Page 159 If you have Windows XP installed on your PC, complete the following steps to change its TCP/IP Step 6 configuration: From the Windows Start menu, choose Control Panel > Network Connections. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-17 September 2004...

  • Page 160: Dlp-G42 Set Up A Solaris Workstation For A Craft Connection To An Ons 15454

    If the interface is plumbed, a message similar to the following appears: hme1:flags=1000842<BROADCAST,RUNNING,MULTICAST,IPv4>mtu 1500 index 2 inet 0.0.0.0 netmask 0 If a message similar to this one appears, go to Step Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-18 September 2004...
  • Page 161 Enter the ONS 15454 IP address in the web address (URL) field. If the connection is established, a Java Console window, CTC caching messages, and the Cisco Transport Controller Login dialog box appear. If this occurs, go to Step 2 of the “DLP-G46 Log into CTC”...

  • Page 162: Ntp-G19 Set Up A Ctc Computer For A Corporate Lan Connection To The Ons 15454

    DLP-G44 Disable Proxy Service Using Netscape (Windows and UNIX), page 2-21 • Step 3 Continue with the “NTP-G21 Log into the ONS 15454 GUI” procedure on page 2-23. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-20 September 2004...

  • Page 163: Dlp-G43 Disable Proxy Service Using Internet Explorer (Windows)

    Security Level None Step 1 Open Netscape. From the Edit menu, choose Preferences. Step 2 In the Preferences dialog box under Category, choose Advanced > Proxies. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-21 September 2004...

  • Page 164: Ntp-G20 Set Up A Remote Access Connection To The Ons 15454

    The IP address the modem assigns to the CTC computer must be on the same subnet as the modem • and the ONS 15454. Note For assistance on provisioning specific modems, contact the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (Cisco TAC). Continue with the “NTP-G21 Log into the ONS 15454 GUI” procedure on page 2-23.

  • Page 165: Ntp-G21 Log Into The Ons 15454 Gui

    Step 7 As needed, complete the “DLP-G53 Configure the CTC Alerts Dialog Box for Automatic Popup” task Step 8 on page 2-33. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-23 September 2004...

  • Page 166: Dlp-G45 Connect Computer To The Ons 15454

    If your computer is set up for a corporate LAN connection, connect a straight-through (CAT-5) LAN cable from the PC or Solaris workstation NIC card to a corporate LAN port. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-24 September 2004...

  • Page 167: Dlp-G46 Log Into Ctc

    LCD IP address display using CTC after you log in. For more information, see the “DLP-G162 Change IP Settings” task on page 9-11.) Press Enter. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-25 September 2004...
  • Page 168 About CTC from the CTC Help menu. This will display the ONS 15454 software version for each node visible on the network view. If the node is not visible, the software version can be read from the LCD display. To resolve an alarm, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide.
  • Page 169 ONS 15454. If you need to turn up the shelf for the first time, see Chapter 3, “Turn Up a Node.” If login problems occur, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Return to your originating procedure (NTP).

  • Page 170: Dlp-G47 Install Public-Key Security Certificate

    ONS 15454 running an earlier release, insert the software CD for the release into your PC CD-ROM and run the CTC setup wizard to reinstall the Java policy file. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-28...

  • Page 171: Dlp-G48 Create Login Node Groups

    Disable Network Discovery are both selected, only Nodes 1, 4, and 5 appear. You can create as many login groups as you need. The groups are stored in the CTC preferences file and are not visible to other users. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-29 September 2004...

  • Page 172: Dlp-G49 Add A Node To The Current Session Or Login Group

    Step 3 Otherwise, leave it unchecked. This check box is active only if you selected a login group when you logged into CTC. Note Click OK. Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-30 September 2004...

  • Page 173: Dlp-G50 Delete A Node From The Current Session Or Login Group

    Click the login node group tab containing the node you want to remove. Step 3 Click the node you want to remove, then click Remove. Step 4 Click OK. Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-31 September 2004...

  • Page 174: Dlp-G52 Change The Jre Version

    Click OK. Step 5 From the File menu, choose Exit. Step 6 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes. Step 7 Step 8 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-32 September 2004...

  • Page 175: Dlp-G53 Configure The Ctc Alerts Dialog Box For Automatic Popup

    Error alerts only—Sets the CTC Alerts dialog box to open automatically for circuit deletion errors only. • Never—Sets the CTC Alerts dialog box to never open automatically. Step 3 Click Close. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-33 September 2004...
  • Page 176 Chapter 2 Connect the PC and Log into the GUI DLP-G53 Configure the CTC Alerts Dialog Box for Automatic Popup Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 2-34 September 2004...

  • Page 177: Chapter 3 Turn Up A Node

    Procedures in this chapter require that you have a network plan calculated for your DWDM network with Cisco MetroPlanner, Release 2.5. Cisco MetroPlanner is a DWDM planning tool that is available from your Cisco account representative. Cisco MetroPlanner prepares a shelf plan for each network node and calculates the power and attenuation levels for the DWDM cards installed in the node.

  • Page 178: Ntp-G22 Verify Common Card Installation

    Verify that two TCC2 cards are installed in Slots 7 and 11. Step 1 Verify that the green ACT (active) LED is illuminated on one TCC2 and the amber STBY (standby) LED Step 2 is illuminated on the second TCC2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 179: Ntp-G23 Create Users And Assign Security

    Verify that the software release shown on the LCD matches the software release indicated in your site Step 4 plan. If the release does not match, perform one of the following procedures: Perform a software upgrade using a Cisco ONS 15454 software CD. Refer to the release-specific • software upgrade document.

  • Page 180: Dlp-G54 Create A New User-Single Node

    This task adds a new user to multiple ONS 15454s. Tools/Equipment None Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Superuser Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 181 If not, click OK and repeat Steps through 6. If the user was added to all nodes, click OK and continue with the next step. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 182: Ntp-G24 Set Up Name, Date, Time, And Contact Information

    Node Name—Type a name for the node. For TL1 compliance, names must begin with an alpha • character and have no more than 20 alphanumeric (a-z, A-Z, 0-9) characters. To avoid errors when you import the Cisco MetroPlanner configuration file in the “DLP-G74 Note Import a Cisco MetroPlanner Configuration File”...
  • Page 183 Step 6 corrections. If the information is correct, continue with the “NTP-G25 Set Power Monitor Thresholds” procedure on page 3-8. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 184: Ntp-G25 Set Power Monitor Thresholds

    Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol, and Routing Information Protocol (RIP). Tools/Equipment None Prerequisite Procedures NTP-G22 Verify Common Card Installation, page 3-2 Required/As Needed Required Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Superuser Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 185: Dlp-G56 Provision Ip Settings

    CTC to users with Provisioner, Maintenance, or Retrieve security levels. (The IP address suppression is not applied to users with Superuser security level.) • LCD IP Display—Choose one of the following: Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 186 CTC computer is connected. The computer is not visible to other DCC-connected nodes. In addition, firewall is enabled, which means that the node prevents IP traffic from being routed between the DCC and the LAN port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-10 September 2004...
  • Page 187 Both TCC2 cards reboot, one at a time. During this time (approximately 5 minutes), the active and standby TCC2 card LEDs go through the cycle shown in Table 3-1. Eventually, a “Lost node connection, switching to network view” message appears. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-11 September 2004...

  • Page 188: Table 3-1 Led Behavior During Tcc2 Reboot

    Click OK. The network view appears. The node icon appears in gray, during which time you cannot Step 5 access the node. Double-click the node icon when it becomes green. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-12 September 2004...

  • Page 189: Dlp-G57 Set The Ip Address, Default Router, And Network Mask Using The Lcd

    Mod> FAN FAIL CRIT Push the Slot button to move to the IP address or subnet mask digit you need to change. The selected Step 4 digit flashes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-13 September 2004...

  • Page 190: Figure 3-3 Selecting The Save Configuration Option

    Note The IP address and default router must be on the same subnet. If not, you cannot apply the configuration. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-14 September 2004...

  • Page 191: Dlp-G58 Create A Static Route

    Click OK. Verify that the static route appears in the Static Route window. Static route networking examples are provided in Chapter 19, “CTC Connectivity Reference.” Note Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-15 September 2004...

  • Page 192: Dlp-G59 Set Up Or Change Open Shortest Path First Protocol

    The OSPF priority and interval defaults are ones most commonly used by OSPF routers. Verify that these defaults match the ones used by the OSPF router where the ONS 15454 is connected. Router Priority—Selects the designated router for a subnet. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-16 September 2004...
  • Page 193 • not visible before its neighbors declare the router down. Forty seconds is the default. Click OK. After entering ONS 15454 OSPF area data, click Apply. Step 8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-17 September 2004...

  • Page 194: Dlp-G60 Set Up Or Change Routing Information Protocol

    In the Create Address Summary dialog box, complete the following: Summary Address—Enter the summary IP address. • Mask Length—Enter the subnet mask length using the up and down arrows. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-18 September 2004...

  • Page 195: Ntp-G27 Set Up The Ons 15454 For Firewall Access

    CTC computer and ONS 15454 behind firewalls. For the computer to access the ONS 15454, you must provision the IIOP port on the CTC computer and on the ONS 15454. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-19...

  • Page 196: Dlp-G61 Provision The Iiop Listener Port On The Ons 15454

    Other Constant—If Port 683 is not used, type the IIOP port specified by your firewall administrator. • The port cannot use any of the ports shown in Table 3-2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-20 September 2004...

  • Page 197: Table 3-2 Ports Used By The Tcc2 Cards

    When the Change Network Configuration message appears, click Yes. Step 4 Both ONS 15454 TCC2/TCC2Ps reboot, one at a time. The reboot takes approximately 15 minutes. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-21 September 2004...

  • Page 198: Dlp-G62 Provision The Iiop Listener Port On The Ctc Computer

    If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2. In node view, click the Provisioning > SNMP tabs. Step 2 In the Trap Destinations area, click Create. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-22 September 2004...

  • Page 199: Figure 3-7 Creating An Snmp Trap

    The ONS firewall proxy feature only operates on nodes running Software Release 4.6 or later. Note Using this feature effectively breaches the ONS firewall to exchange management information. For more information about the SNMP proxy feature, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Click Apply.

  • Page 200: Ntp-G29 Preprovision A Slot

    Step 4. If you do not Step 2 have Cisco MetroPlanner, you must have a print out of the node layout prepared by Cisco MetroPlanner. R2.5. If so, continue with Step 6. Do not continue if a node layout prepared by Cisco MetroPlanner is not available.

  • Page 201: Figure 3-8 Cisco Metroplanner Site Dialog Window

    Step 6 Step 7 From the Add Card popup menu, choose the card type that will be installed based on the Cisco MetroPlanner Site Dialog window. Only cards that can be installed in the slot appear in the Add Card popup menu.

  • Page 202: Ntp-G30 Install The Dwdm Cards

    • The Cisco MetroPlanner Site Dialog window (Figure 3-8) for the node you are provisioning. CTC node view with slots preprovisioned based on the Cisco MetroPlanner Site Dialog window. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-26...
  • Page 203 Turn Up a Node NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards • Written slot plan. The plan must be based on the Cisco MetroPlanner Site Dialog window for your installation. Double check that the card placement fits within the following installation guidelines: Step 2 •...

  • Page 204: Ntp-G31 Install The Dwdm Dispersion Compensating Units

    (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm may pose an eye hazard. Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified may result in hazardous radiation exposure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-28 September 2004...
  • Page 205 If it moves, repeat and 3. Step 5 Continue with the “NTP-G32 Install the Transponder and Muxponder Cards” procedure on page 3-30. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-29 September 2004...

  • Page 206: Ntp-G32 Install The Transponder And Muxponder Cards

    Step 1 The Cisco MetroPlanner Site Dialog window for the node you are provisioning. • CTC node view with slots preprovisioned based on the Cisco MetroPlanner Site Dialog window. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-30...
  • Page 207 NTP-G32 Install the Transponder and Muxponder Cards • Written slot plan. The plan must be based on the Cisco MetroPlanner Site Dialog window for your installation. Remove the TXP or MXP card from its packaging, then remove the protective clips from the backplane Step 2 connectors.

  • Page 208: Dlp-G63 Install An Sfp

    Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Disconnect the network fiber cable from the GBIC SC-type connector or SFP/XFP LC-type connector. Step 1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-32 September 2004...

  • Page 209: Ntp-G33 Create A Y-Cable Protection Group

    TXP_MR_2.5G MXP_MR_2.5G Splitter TXPP_MR_2.5G A splitter protection group is automatically created when a TXPP_MR_2.5G or MXPP_MR_2.5G card is installed. You can MXPP_MR_2.5G edit the splitter protection group name. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-33 September 2004...

  • Page 210: Figure 3-9 Creating A Y-Cable Protection Group

    From the Available Ports list, choose the port that will be protected by the port you selected in Step 6 Protect Ports. Click the top arrow button to move each port to the Working Ports list. Complete the remaining fields: Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-34 September 2004...

  • Page 211: Ntp-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables On Dwdm Cards

    Slots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8. “East” refers to cards and ports installed in Slots 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17. Display your site plan in Cisco MetroPlanner, or refer to a printed copy of the MetroPlanner internal Step 1 connections table.

  • Page 212: Figure 3-10 Cisco Metroplanner Internal Connections Table

    • Position-1—The first position rack, shelf, and slot. For example, Rack#1.Main Shelf.02 refers to Slot 2 in the Main Shelf of Rack #1. Refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner Site Dialog window for rack and shelf names and locations. Unit-1—The ONS 15454 DWDM card (unit) that is installed in the first position slot.

  • Page 213: Dlp-G65 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For Osc Link Terminations On All Nodes

    Open the exported Cisco MetroPlanner internal connections file in a web browser (or spreadsheet Step 4 application), and then print the file. Verify that fibers are available to complete the connections shown in the Cisco MetroPlanner internal Step 5 connections table.
  • Page 214 TX port is connected to the west OSC-CSM LINE RX port, and the west OPT-BST OSC RX port is connected to the west OSC-CSM LINE TX port. Figure 3-11 shows an example of OSC fibering for a hub node with OSCM cards installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-38 September 2004...

  • Page 215: Figure 3-11 Fibering Osc Terminations-Hub Node With Oscm Cards

    West OPT-BST LINE TX to east OPT-BST or OSC-CSM LINE RX on adjacent node West OPT-BST OSC TX to west OSCM RX West OPT-BST OSC RX to west OSCM TX East OSCM TX to east OPT-BST OSC RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-39 September 2004...

  • Page 216: Dlp-G66 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For A Hub Node

    None Step 1 Refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner internal connections table for your site when completing connections. Before you begin hub node connections, read the following rules: The west OPT-BST or OSC-CSM card common (COM) TX port is connected to the west •...
  • Page 217 In the example, OSCM cards are installed. If OSC-CSM are installed, they are usually installed in Slots 1and 17. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-41 September 2004...

  • Page 218: Figure 3-12 Fibering A Hub Node

    West DCU RX to west OPT-PRE DC TX West OPT-BST COM TX to west OPT-PRE COM RX West OPT-BST COM RX to west 32MUX-O COM TX West OPT-PRE COM TX to west 32DMX-O COM RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-42 September 2004...

  • Page 219: Dlp-G67 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For A Terminal Node

    Onsite Security Level None Refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner internal connections table for your site when completing connections. Step 1 Before you begin terminal node connections, read the following rules: A terminal site has only one side (as compared to a hub node, which has two sides). The terminal •...

  • Page 220: Dlp-G68 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For A Line Amplifier Node

    Onsite Security Level None Refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner internal connections table for your site when completing Step 1 connections.Before you begin the line amplifier node connections, read the following rules: Line amplifier node layout allows all combinations of OPT-PRE and OPT-BST and allows you to •...

  • Page 221: Figure 3-13 Fibering A Line Amplifier Node

    DCU-xxx East TCC2 OSCM OSCM TCC2 FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL CRIT CRIT SYNC SYNC LAMP TEST LAMP TEST RS-232 RS-232 LINK LINK TCP/IP TCP/IP Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-45 September 2004...

  • Page 222: Dlp-G69 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For An Osc Regeneration Node

    Onsite Security Level None Refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner internal connections table for your site when completing connections. Step 1 Before you begin OSC regeneration node connections, read the following rules: The west OSC-CSM COM TX port connects to the east OSC-CSM COM RX port.

  • Page 223: Figure 3-14 Fibering An Osc Regeneration Node

    West OSC-CSM LINE RX to east OSC-CSM or OPT-BST LINE TX on adjacent node West OSC-CSM LINE TX to east OSC-CSM or OPT-BST LINE RX on adjacent node West OSC-CSM COM TX to east OSC-CSM COM RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-47 September 2004...

  • Page 224: Dlp-G70 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For An Amplified Or Passive Oadm Node

    Before you begin connecting fiber-optic cabling for amplified or passive OADM nodes, read the following rules for all OADM connections: The two sides of the OADM node do not need to be symmetrical. On each side, Cisco MetroPlanner • can create one of the following four configurations: OPT-BST and OPT-PRE –...
  • Page 225 A west AD-xB drop (TX) port is connected to the corresponding west 4MD COM RX port. • A west AD-xB add (RX) port is connected to the corresponding west 4MD COM TX port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-49 September 2004...

  • Page 226: Figure 3-15 Fibering An Amplified Oadm Node

    2.5G FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL CRIT CRIT SYNC SYNC LAMP TEST LAMP TEST RS-232 RS-232 LINK LINK TCP/IP TCP/IP Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-50 September 2004...
  • Page 227 1. If a DCU is not installed, a 5 dB attenuator loop must be installed between the OPT-PRE DC ports. Figure 3-16 shows an example of a passive OADM node with two AD-1C-xx.x cards installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-51 September 2004...

  • Page 228: Figure 3-16 Fibering A Passive Oadm Node

    East AD-1C-xx.x COM RX to east OSC-CSM COM TX Plug one end of the fiber cable into the desired RX port and other end into the desired TX port. Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-52 September 2004...

  • Page 229: Dlp-G71 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For An Roadm Node

    Fiber connected to an east port on one node must plug into the west port on an adjacent node. Refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner internal connections table for your site when completing connections. Step 1 Before you begin connecting fiber-optic cabling for ROADM nodes, read the following rules: •...

  • Page 230: Figure 3-17 Fibering An Roadm Node

    West DCU RX to west OPT-PRE DC TX West OPT-BST COM TX to west OPT-PRE COM RX West 32WSS COM TX to west OPT-BST COM RX West 32WSS COM RX to west OPT-PRE COM TX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-54 September 2004...

  • Page 231: Ntp-G35 Route Fiber-Optic Cables

    Route the fiber cables out either side of the cable-management tray through the cutouts on each side of the shelf assembly. Use the reversible fiber guides to route cables out the desired side. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-55...

  • Page 232: Ntp-G36 Calculate Cable Connections

    6. If errors appear, verify that the cards installed in the Step 5 shelf match the shelf plan calculated by Cisco MetroPlanner. If cards are installed incorrectly or are missing, remove the cards and install them in the correct slots following the “NTP-G30 Install the...

  • Page 233: Dlp-G72 Create A Dwdm Connection

    (Connections that require manual creation are indicated by a “Yes” in the Cisco MetroPlanner connections file Manually Set column.) If you need to delete a connection, complete “DLP-G73 Delete a DWDM Connection” task on page 3-57...

  • Page 234: Ntp-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup

    “DLP-G128 Disable Alarm Filtering” task on page 7-32 as necessary. Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. Complete the “DLP-G74 Import a Cisco MetroPlanner Configuration File”...

  • Page 235: Dlp-G74 Import A Cisco Metroplanner Configuration File

    Onsite or remote Security Level Superuser Importing the correct Cisco MetroPlanner configuration file is very important. Verify that have the Caution correct MetroPlanner configuration file for your node before you begin this task. Export the Installation Parameters for your node from Cisco MetroPlanner. Refer to the Cisco Step 1 MetroPlanner DWDM Operations Guide for procedures.

  • Page 236: Ntp-G38 Provision Terminations And Ring Id

    “DLP-G128 Disable Alarm Filtering” task on page 7-32 as necessary. Verify that no unexplained alarms appear. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. Step 3 Complete the “DLP-G75 Create OSC Terminations”...

  • Page 237: Dlp-G75 Create Osc Terminations

    (to select multiple individual ports). Note OSC on the DWDM node uses a separate OC3/STM1 channel to transport the section data communications channel (SDCC), which is used for ONS 15454 DCC terminations. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-61 September 2004...

  • Page 238: Dlp-G76 Provision Gcc Terminations

    IP address to 0.0.0.0, which means that any address can be specified by the far end. To change the default to a specific the IP address, see the “DLP-G184 Change a GCC Termination” task on page 9-28. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-62 September 2004...

  • Page 239: Dlp-G77 Provision The Ring Id

    “DLP-G46 Log into CTC” task on page 2-25 at the node where you want to provision the DWDM cable connections. If you are already logged in, continue with Step Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-63 September 2004...

  • Page 240: Ntp-G40 Replace The Front Door

    None Note Be careful not to crimp any fiber cables that are connected to the MXP/TXP cards or DWDM cards. Some might not have the fiber boot attached. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-64 September 2004...

  • Page 241: Figure 3-19 Installing The Door Ground Strap Retrofit Kit

    Using a Phillips screwdriver, insert and tighten the screws for the cable-routing channel. Step 5 Figure 3-20 shows the shelf assembly with the front door and ground strap installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-65 September 2004...

  • Page 242: Figure 3-20 Shelf Assembly With Door Ground Strap Retrofit Kit Installed

    The ONS 15454 comes with a pinned hex key tool for locking and unlocking the front door. Turn Note the key counterclockwise to unlock the door and clockwise to lock it. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 3-66 September 2004...

  • Page 243: Perform Node Acceptance Tests

    4-12—Complete this procedure to test symmetric line nodes with OSC-CSM cards. NTP-G47 Perform the Asymmetric Line Node with OSC-CSM and OSCM Cards Acceptance Test, page 4-13—Complete this procedure to test asymmetric line nodes with OSCM and OSC-CSM cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 244: Chapter 4 Perform Node Acceptance Test

    Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. If OSC terminations are created, there will be two alarms, one for low power on the Optical Note Booster (OPT-BST) card, and the other an OSC channel alarm.
  • Page 245 “DLP-G128 Disable Alarm Filtering” task on page 7-32 as necessary. Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. Stop. You have completed this procedure.

  • Page 246: Ntp-G42 Perform The Terminal Node With 32Wss And 32Dmx Cards Acceptance Test

    Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. If OSC terminations are created, there will be two alarms, one for low power on the Optical Note Booster (OPT-BST) card, and the other an OSC channel alarm.
  • Page 247 “DLP-G128 Disable Alarm Filtering” task on page 7-32 as necessary. Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. Stop. You have completed this procedure.

  • Page 248: Ntp-G43 Perform The Roadm Node Acceptance Test

    “NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup” procedure on page 3-58. From your Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file, identify the dropped and added channels that are Step 5 configured in pass-through mode in both directions. Mark these channels and skip the related optical test for the add and drop section involved.
  • Page 249 Verify that the Port 1 power value reaches the provisioned VOA Power Ref setpoint. Display the 32DMX card in card view. Step 39 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs. Step 40 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 250: Ntp-G44 Perform The Anti-Ase Hub Node Acceptance Test

    “DLP-G128 Disable Alarm Filtering” task on page 7-32 as necessary. Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. Stop. You have completed this procedure.
  • Page 251 “NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup” procedure on page 3-58. From your Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file, identify the dropped and added channels that are Step 5 configured in pass-through mode in both directions. Mark these channels and skip the related optical test for the add and drop section involved.

  • Page 252: Ntp-G45 Perform The Symmetric Line Node With Oscm Cards Acceptance Test

    An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer • 2 bulk attenuators (10 dB) LC • Prerequisite Procedures Chapter 3, “Turn Up a Node.” Required/As Needed Required Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level Superuser Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-10 September 2004...
  • Page 253 Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. In node view, click the Provisioning > WDS-ANS > Port Status tabs.

  • Page 254: Ntp-G46 Perform The Symmetric Line Node With Osc-Csm Cards Acceptance Test

    Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. In node view, click the Provisioning > WDS-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Step 4 Link Status are Success - Changed, Success - Unchanged, or Not Applicable.

  • Page 255: Ntp-G47 Perform The Asymmetric Line Node With Osc-Csm And Oscm Cards Acceptance Test

    Step 1 acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step From the View menu, choose Go to Network View. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-13 September 2004...
  • Page 256 Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. In node view, click the Provisioning > WDS-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Step 4 Link Status are Success - Changed, Success - Unchanged, or Not Applicable.
  • Page 257 Remove the loopback fiber on the OPT-BST amplifier card. Step 25 Step 26 Launch ANS: In node view, click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Click Launch ANS. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-15 September 2004...

  • Page 258: Ntp-G48 Perform The Symmetric Oadm Node With Oscm Cards Acceptance Test

    “NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup” procedure on page 3-58. Check your Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file to verify the presence of added and dropped bands Step 5 (including four channels at 100 GHz) configured in pass-through mode in either direction.
  • Page 259 If connections have add/drop connections, complete the “DLP-G93 Verify Add and Drop Connections on OADM Node with OSCM Card” task on page 4-33. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-17 September 2004...

  • Page 260: Ntp-G49 Perform The Symmetric Oadm Node With Osc-Csm Cards Acceptance Test

    “NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup” procedure on page 3-58. Check the Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file to verify the presence of added and dropped bands Step 5 (including 4 channels at 100 GHz) configured in pass-through mode in either direction.
  • Page 261 If connections have add/drop connections, complete the “DLP-G94 Verify Add and Drop Connections Step 14 on OADM Node with OSC-CSM Card” task on page 4-35. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-19 September 2004...

  • Page 262: Ntp-G50 Perform The Symmetric Passive Oadm Node With Osc-Csm Cards Acceptance Test

    Step 7 Check the site configuration file from Cisco MetroPlanner to verify the presence of dropped or added channels configured in pass-through mode in either direction. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7...
  • Page 263 If connections have add/drop connections, complete the “DLP-G94 Verify Add and Drop Connections Step 14 on OADM Node with OSC-CSM Card” task on page 4-35. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-21 September 2004...

  • Page 264: Dlp-G78 Verify The 32Mux-O And 32Dmx-O Power

    3. If not, contact your next level of support. The amplifier might need to be replaced. Click the Provisioning > Opt Ampli Line > Parameters tabs. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-22 September 2004...

  • Page 265: Dlp-G80 Verify The Opt-Pre Amplifier Laser And Power

    Verify that the DCU Insertion Loss value is less than or equal to 10 dB. Step 5 Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-23 September 2004...

  • Page 266: Dlp-G81 Verify The 32Dmx-O Or 32Dmx Power

    If an OPT-PRE amplifier is installed on the east side: Pout COM TX of east OPT-PRE (2 dBm) – • IL02 west OSC-CSM (COM RX > LINE TX) – 10 dB (bulk attenuator) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-24 September 2004...

  • Page 267: Dlp-G83 Verify The Osc-Csm Power-Oadm Nodes

    Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Superuser only Display the OSC-CSM card in card view. Step 1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-25 September 2004...

  • Page 268: Dlp-G85 Verify Express Channel Connections-Oadm Node With Oscm Cards

    OPT-BST LINE RX port. Step 2 Based on the Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file, tune the tunable laser to a wavelength (on the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) that runs on the express path of all AD-xB-xx.x and AD-xC-xx.x cards on the east-to-west and west-to-east directions.

  • Page 269: Dlp-G86 Verify Express Channel Connections-Oadm Node With Osc-Csm Cards

    If an OPT-PRE amplifier card is installed on the east side, install a 10-dB bulk attenuator on the Step 2 COM RX port. Based on the Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file, tune the tunable laser on a wavelength Step 3 (belonging to the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) running on the express path of all AD-xB-xx.x and AD-xC-xx.x cards on the east-to-west direction.

  • Page 270: Dlp-G87 Verify The Ad-Xb-Xx.x Output Express Power

    Change the Output Express port Admin State to OOS,MT/Locked,maintenance. Click Apply. Step 4 Verify that the Output Express port Power value is greater than the default no-power value of –30 dBm. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-28 September 2004...

  • Page 271: Dlp-G89 Verify Oadm Node Pass-Through Channel Connections

    Tune the tunable laser on the corresponding wavelength. Step 12 Step 13 Complete the “DLP-G92 Verify an 4MD-xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power” task on page 4-32. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-29 September 2004...

  • Page 272: Dlp-G90 Verify An Ad-Xb-Xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power

    Verify that the Power value of the BAND RX (West to East) port is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-30 September 2004...

  • Page 273: Dlp-G91 Verify An Ad-Xc-Xx.x Pass-Through Connection

    Change the Admin State of the CHAN RX port to OOS,MT/Locked,maintenance for the channel related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser. Verify that the Power value of the BAND RX port reaches the provisioned setpoint (VOA Power Ref). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-31 September 2004...

  • Page 274: Dlp-G92 Verify An 4Md-Xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power

    Verify that the BAND TX Power value is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm. Verify the west 4MD-xx.x (west-to-east): Step 5 Display the west 4MD-xx.x card in card view. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-32 September 2004...

  • Page 275: Dlp-G93 Verify Add And Drop Connections On Oadm Node With Oscm Card

    Step 1 From the Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file, identify the wavelength (belonging to the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) of the channel running on the first add path of the first west AD-xC-xx.x or west 4MD-xx.x card on the east-to-west direction.
  • Page 276 If an OPT-PRE amplifier is installed on the east side, remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator inserted on the Step 14 COM RX port. An SDCC Termination Failure alarm might appear during to the OSC signal loopback. Note Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-34 September 2004...

  • Page 277: Dlp-G94 Verify Add And Drop Connections On Oadm Node With Osc-Csm Card

    If the OSC link turns up, replace the OPT-BST amplifier card. If the OSC link does not turn up, replace the OSCM card. Check the site configuration file from Cisco MetroPlanner and identify the wavelength (belonging to the Step 15 100 Ghz ITU-T grid) of the channel running on the first add path of the first AD-xC-xx.x-E or...
  • Page 278 CHAN TX power value +/– 0.5 dB. Repeat Steps through for all add paths of any west AD-xC-xx.x or 4MD-xx.x cards along the Step 12 east-to-west direction. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-36 September 2004...
  • Page 279 19. If it does not turn up, replace the OSC-CSM card. Step 19 Check the site configuration file from Cisco MetroPlanner and identify the wavelength (belonging to the 100 Ghz ITU-T grid) of the channel running on the first add path of the first AD-xC-xx.x-E or 4MD-xx.x-E card on the west-to-east direction.
  • Page 280 Chapter 4 Perform Node Acceptance Tests DLP-G94 Verify Add and Drop Connections on OADM Node with OSC-CSM Card Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 4-38 September 2004...

  • Page 281: Before You Begin

    C H A P T E R Turn Up Network This chapter explains how to turn up and test a Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) network. For DWDM topology reference information and span loss tables, refer Chapter 16, “DWDM Network Reference.”...

  • Page 282: Ntp-G51 Verify Dwdm Node Turn Up

    “NTP-G80 Change Node Management Information” procedure on page 9-8. Click the Provisioning > Network tabs. Ensure that the IP settings and other Cisco Transport Controller Step 5 (CTC) network access information is correct. If not, see the “NTP-G81 Change CTC Network Access”...

  • Page 283: Ntp-G52 Verify Node-To-Node Connections

    “DLP-G156 Measure Span Insertion Loss Using an OTDR” task on page 9-4 provide a more accurate measurement. Repeat Step 5 at each network node. Step 7 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 November 2004...

  • Page 284: Ntp-G53 Set Up Timing

    OSC-CSM or OSCM card that is optically connected to the timing node. A third option, Mixed, allows you to set external and line timing references. Because Mixed timing might cause timing loops, Cisco does not recommend its use. Use this Note mode with care.
  • Page 285 BITS Out pins, you normally attach it to a node with Line mode because equipment near the external timing reference can be directly wired to the reference. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 November 2004...

  • Page 286: Dlp-G96 Set Up Internal Timing

    MXP trunk ports can be a timing reference when G.709 is set to OFF and the Termination Mode is set to LINE. Click Apply. Step 6 Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for timing-related Note alarms. Return to your originating procedure (NTP).

  • Page 287: Ntp-G54 Provision And Verify A Dwdm Network

    7-32 as necessary. Verify that no unexplained conditions appear on the network. If unexplained conditions appear, resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Complete the “DLP-G114 Export CTC Data” task on page 7-4 to export alarm and condition information.
  • Page 288 Verify that the Signal Output Power field for Port 6 is equal to or higher than the provisioned set point shown in the Channel Power Ref field. The Total Output Power field includes the ASE noise component. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 November 2004...
  • Page 289 Verify that the value matches the value for the first OADM card in your circuit heading west to east shown in the COM RX port, ±2 dB. If the values are outside of the error margins, contact Cisco qualified personnel to create another MetroPlanner file or refer to the next level of support.

  • Page 290: Dlp-G97 Provision A Proxy Tunnel

    Destination Address—Type the IP address of the destination node (32 bit length) or destination • subnet (any other length). Length—Choose the length of the destination subnet mask. • Click OK. Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 5-10 November 2004...

  • Page 291: Dlp-G98 Provision A Firewall Tunnel

    Destination Address—Type the IP address of the destination node (32 bit length) or destination • subnet (any other length). Length—Choose the length of the destination subnet mask. • Click OK. Step 4 Continue with your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 5-11 November 2004...

  • Page 292: Dlp-G99 Create A Provisionable Patchcord

    In the Termination Node area, type a patchcord identifier (0 through 32767) in the RX ID field. The origination Tx and Rx and termination Tx and Rx IDs must be different. Click the desired termination slot/port from the list of available slots/ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 5-12 November 2004...

  • Page 293: Ntp-G55 Verify The Optical Receive Power

    From the 32DMX-O or 32DMX card view, choose the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs. The VOA columns including the VOA power and attenuation reference points can be manually set according to your site plan. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 5-13 November 2004...

  • Page 294: Ntp-G56 Verify The Osnr

    On the OPT-PRE amplifier, check the output power on both COM TX and DC TX ports. • On the far-end OPT-PRE amplifier, check the amplifier gain tilt at the monitor output. • Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 5-14 November 2004...

  • Page 295: Ntp-G57 Create A Logical Network Map

    Superusers can save new network map configurations. To restore the view to a previously saved version of the network map, right-click on the network view map and choose Reset Node Position. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 5-15 November 2004...
  • Page 296 Chapter 5 Turn Up Network NTP-G57 Create a Logical Network Map Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 5-16 November 2004...

  • Page 297: Before You Begin

    C H A P T E R Create Channels and Circuits This chapter explains how to create Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) optical channel network connections (OCHNCs) and overhead circuits. Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies.

  • Page 298: Ntp-G58 Locate And View Optical Channel Network Connections

    Security Level Retrieve or higher Navigate to the appropriate Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) view: Step 1 To search the entire network, choose View > Go to Network View. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 299: Dlp-G101 View Optical Channel Network Connection Information

    In node or card view, you can change the scope of the circuits that appear by choosing Card Note (in card view), Node, or Network from the Scope drop-down list in the bottom right corner of the Circuits window. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 300 (OOS-MA,MT) and/or Out-of-Service and Management, Disabled (OOS-MA,DSBLD) for ANSI or Locked-enabled,maintenance and/or Locked-enabled,disabled for ETSI. OOS-PARTIAL/Locked-partial—At least one cross-connect is In-Service and Normal (IS-NR – [ANSI]) or Unlocked-enabled (ETSI) and others are out-of-service. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 301: Table 6-1 Circuit Protection Types

    A TL1-created circuit or a TL1-like CTC-created circuit is missing a cross-connect, and a complete path from source to destination(s) does not exist. This status does not appear for OCHNC circuit types. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 302: Dlp-G102 Filter The Display Of Optical Channel Network Connections

    Locked-partial (ETSI) to display only circuits with cross-connects in mixed service states. Slot—Enter a slot number to filter circuits based on the source or destination slot; otherwise • leave the field blank. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 303: Dlp-G103 View Optical Channel Network Connections On A Span

    Step 1 Step Right-click the green line containing the circuits you want to view and choose Circuits to view DWDM Step 2 OCHNCs or unprotected circuits on the span. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 304: Ntp-G59 Create And Delete Optical Channel Network Connections

    DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Double-click the card that has the port you want to provision. Step 1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 305: Dlp-G105 Provision Dwdm Optical Channel Network Connections

    Table 6-3 OCHNC Channels Channel No. Channel ID Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) 30.3 195.9 1530.33 31.2 195.8 1531.12 31.9 195.7 1531.90 32.6 195.6 1532.68 34.2 195.4 1534.25 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 306 Bidirectional—Check this check box to create a bidirectional OCHNC; uncheck it to create a unidirectional OCHNC. Click Next. Step 6 Step 7 In the Circuit Source area, choose the source node from the Node drop-down list. Step 8 Click Next. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 6-10 September 2004...

  • Page 307: Dlp-G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections

    Step 2 Investigate all network alarms and resolve any problems that might be affected by the OCHNC deletion. Step 3 Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Choose View > Go to Network View. Step 4 Click the Circuits tab.

  • Page 308: Ntp-G60 Create Overhead Circuits

    “DLP-G109 Provision Orderwire” task on page 6-15. Step 5 As needed, complete the “DLP-G110 Create a User Data Channel Circuit” task on page 6-16. Step 6 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 6-12 September 2004...

  • Page 309: Dlp-G107 Create An Ip-Encapsulated Tunnel

    In the Circuit Destination area, complete the following: Step 8 Node—Choose the destination node. • Slot—Choose the destination slot. • Port—If displayed, choose the destination port. • Channel—Displays IPT (D1-D3). • Click Finish. Step 9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 6-13 September 2004...

  • Page 310: Dlp-G108 Change The Service State For A Port

    AINS Soak field. This is the amount of time that the port will stay in the OOS-AU,AINS/Unlocked-enabled,automaticInService service state after a signal is continuously received. When the soak period elapses, the port changes to the IS-NR/Unlocked-enabled service state. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 6-14 September 2004...

  • Page 311: Dlp-G109 Provision Orderwire

    In the Circuit Source area, complete the following: Step 5 • Node—Choose the source node. Slot—Choose the source slot. • Port—If displayed, choose the source port. • Click Next. Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 6-15 September 2004...

  • Page 312: Dlp-G110 Create A User Data Channel Circuit

    Node—Choose the destination node. • Slot—Choose the destination slot. • • Port—If displayed, choose the destination port. Click Finish. Step 8 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 6-16 September 2004...

  • Page 313: Ntp-G61 Modify And Delete Overhead Circuits

    In the Node IP address area, complete the following: Node—Choose the node that has an OOS-PARTIAL circuit. • Old IP Address—Type the node’s original IP address. • Click Next. Step 6 Click Finish. Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 6-17 September 2004...

  • Page 314: Dlp-G112 Delete Overhead Circuits

    “DLP-G46 Log into CTC” task on page 2-25 at a node on the network where you will Step 1 create the section trace. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 6-18 September 2004...
  • Page 315 Step 9 indication signal (AIS) and remote defect indication (RDI) when the STS Section Trace Identifier Mismatch Path (TIM-P) alarm appears. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for descriptions of alarms and conditions. Step 10 Click Apply.
  • Page 316 Chapter 6 Create Channels and Circuits NTP-G62 Create a J0 Section Trace Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 6-20 September 2004...

  • Page 317: Before You Begin

    This chapter contains the procedures for viewing and managing the alarms and conditions on a Cisco ONS 15454. Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) detects and reports alarms generated by the Cisco ONS 15454 and the Optical Networking System (ONS) network. You can use CTC to monitor and manage alarms at a card, node, or network level.

  • Page 318: Manage Alarms

    Alarms tab to print Alarms window data. The print operation is available for all network, node, and card view windows. From the File menu choose Print. The Print dialog box opens (Figure 7-1). Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 November 2004...

  • Page 319: Figure 7-1 Selecting Ctc Data For Print

    Step 4 In the Windows Print dialog box, click a printer and click OK. Step 5 Repeat this task for each window that you want to print. Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 November 2004...

  • Page 320: Dlp-G114 Export Ctc Data

    If you want to open the file in spreadsheet and database management applications, procedures will vary. Typically you need to open the application and choose File > Import, then choose a delimited file to format the data in cells. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 November 2004...

  • Page 321: Ntp-G64 View Alarms, History, Events, And Conditions

    This information is useful for monitoring and troubleshooting hardware and software events. Tools/Equipment None Prerequisite Procedures None Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 November 2004...

  • Page 322: Dlp-G115 View Alarms

    Security Level Provisioning or higher In the card, node, or network view, click the Alarms tab to view the alarms for that card, node, or Step 1 network (Figure 7-3). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 November 2004...

  • Page 323: Figure 7-3 Ctc Node View

    Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Severity level: CR (Critical), MJ (Major), MN (minor), NA (Not Alarmed), NR (Not Reported). Status: R (raised), C (clear). When checked, indicates a service-affecting alarm. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 November 2004...

  • Page 324: Dlp-G116 View Alarm Or Event History

    Raised Not Reported (NR) condition White Cleared (C) alarm or condition Step 2 If alarms are present, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for information and troubleshooting procedures. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 3...
  • Page 325 ONS 15454 discards the oldest events in that category. Raised and cleared alarm messages (and events, if selected) appear. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 November 2004...

  • Page 326: Dlp-G117 Change The Maximum Number Of Session Entries For Alarm History

    This task changes the maximum history entries recorded for CTC sessions. It does not affect the Note maximum number of history entries viewable for a network, node, or card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-10 November 2004...

  • Page 327: Dlp-G118 Display Alarms And Conditions Using Time Zone

    Note Alarms that have been raised during the session will have a check mark in the Alarms window New column. When you click Synchronize, the check mark disappears. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-11 November 2004...

  • Page 328: Dlp-G120 View Conditions

    You must click Retrieve to see any changes. Figure 7-5 Node View Conditions Window Conditions include all fault conditions raised on the node, whether or not they are reported. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-12 November 2004...

  • Page 329: Ntp-G65 Delete Cleared Alarms From Display

    (OOS-MA,MT) (ANSI) or Locked-enabled, maintenance (ETSI) service state, it raises an Alarms Suppressed for Maintenance (AS-MT) condition. For information about alarm and condition troubleshooting, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. If you want to apply exclusion rules, check the Exclude Same Root Cause check box at the node or Step 3 network view, but do not check the Exclude Same Root Cause check box in card view.

  • Page 330: Ntp-G66 View Alarm-Affected Circuits

    In the network, node, or card view, click the Alarms tab or Conditions tab and then right-click anywhere Step 2 in the row of an active alarm or condition. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-14 November 2004...

  • Page 331: Figure 7-6 Select Affected Circuits Option

    Figure 7-6 Select Affected Circuits Option Step 3 Left-click or right-click Select Affected Circuits. The Circuits window appears with the affected Optical Channel Network Connection (OCHNC) highlighted (Figure 7-7). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-15 November 2004...

  • Page 332: Ntp-G67 View Alarm Counts On The Lcd For A Node, Slot, Or Port

    If you want to see alarm counts for a particular slot, such as the alarms for an OC-3 card in Slot 2, press the Slot button until you see “Slot-3” on the LCD. You will see the direction, “Status=Alm Ct.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-16...

  • Page 333: Ntp-G68 Create, Download, And Assign Alarm Severity Profiles

    A blank LCD results when the fuse on the alarm interface panel (AIP) board has blown. If this Note occurs, log into http://www.cisco.com/tac for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of Cisco TAC toll-free numbers for your country.

  • Page 334: Dlp-G121 Create A New Or Cloned Alarm Severity Profile

    If the card is a 32MUX-O or 32DMX-O card, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Profile Editor tabs or the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Profile Editor tabs. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-18 November 2004...
  • Page 335 Step 9 To see the full list of profiles, including those available for loading or cloning, click Available. You must load a profile before you can clone it. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-19 November 2004...
  • Page 336 Step 14 Click Store. Step 15 In the Store Profiles dialog box, click To Node(s) and go to Step or click To File and go to Step (Figure 7-9). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-20 November 2004...

  • Page 337: Figure 7-9 Store Profiles Dialog Box

    Click the Only show service-affecting severities check box to configure the Note Alarm Profiles window not to display Minor and some Major alarms that will not affect service. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-21 November 2004...

  • Page 338: Dlp-G122 Download An Alarm Severity Profile

    Click the node name you are logged into in the Node Names list. Click the name of the profile in the Profile Names list, such as Default. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-22 November 2004...

  • Page 339: Dlp-G123 Apply Alarm Profiles To Ports

    DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher In the node view, double-click a card to open the card view. Step 1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-23 November 2004...
  • Page 340 Alarm Profiles tabs or the Provisioning > Optical Band > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Profiles tabs. Figure 7-10 shows the alarm profile of Ethernet card ports. CTC shows Parent Card Profile: Inherited. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-24 November 2004...

  • Page 341: Figure 7-10 Ad-1C Card Alarm Profile

    To reapply a previous alarm profile after you have applied a new one, select the previous profile and click Apply again. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-25 November 2004...

  • Page 342: Dlp-G124 Apply Alarm Profiles To Cards And Nodes

    Choose the new alarm profile from the drop-down list. Click Apply. To reapply a previous alarm profile after you have applied a new one, select the previous profile and click Step 4 Apply again. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-26 November 2004...

  • Page 343: Dlp-G125 Delete Alarm Severity Profiles

    Editor tabs. Step 4 Click the profile you are deleting to select it. Step 5 Click Delete. The Select Node/Profile Combination for Delete dialog box appears (Figure 7-12). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-27 November 2004...

  • Page 344: Figure 7-12 Select Node/Profile Combination For Delete Dialog Box

    However, the operation still removes profile 1 from node A. Note The Default and Inherited special profiles cannot be deleted and do not appear in the Select Node/Profile Combination for Delete Window. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-28 November 2004...

  • Page 345: Ntp-G69 Enable, Modify, Or Disable Alarm Severity Filtering

    Click the Filter tool on the left side of the bottom toolbar. Alarm filtering is enabled if the tool is selected and disabled if the tool is raised (not selected). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-29...

  • Page 346: Dlp-G127 Modify Alarm, Condition, And History Filtering Parameters

    Step 2 The filter dialog box appears, displaying the General tab. Figure 7-13 shows the Alarm Filter dialog box; the Conditions and History tabs have similar dialog boxes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-30 November 2004...

  • Page 347: Figure 7-13 Alarm Filter Dialog Box General Tab

    5. If you do not need to modify them, continue with Step Step 5 Click the filter dialog box Conditions tab (Figure 7-14). Figure 7-14 Alarm Filter Dialog Box Conditions Tab Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-31 November 2004...

  • Page 348: Dlp-G128 Disable Alarm Filtering

    If you want alarm filtering disabled when you view alarm history, click the History tab and click the Step 4 Filter tool. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-32 November 2004...

  • Page 349: Ntp-G70 Suppress Alarms Or Discontinue Alarm Suppression

    Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher If multiple CTC/TL1 sessions are open, suppressing alarms in one session suppresses the alarms in all Caution other open sessions. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-33 November 2004...
  • Page 350 If the card is an AD-1C, AD-2C, or AD-4C card, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Profiles tabs or the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Profiles tabs. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-34 November 2004...

  • Page 351: Dlp-G130 Discontinue Alarm Suppression

    Synchronize button.) The AS-CMD alarm with the slot object (for example, SLOT-16) will be cleared in all views. Step 3 To discontinue alarm suppression for ports, click the following tabs: Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-35 November 2004...

  • Page 352: Ntp-G71 Provision External Alarms And Controls On The Alarm Interface Controller Card

    For information about the AIC external alarms and controls, virtual wire, and orderwire, refer to the “14.2.2 AIC Card” section on page 14-14 and the “20.7 External Alarms and Controls” section on page 20-13. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-36 November 2004...

  • Page 353: Figure 7-15 Aic Card External Alarms

    Otherwise, do not change the None default. For information about the AIC virtual wire, see the “20.7.3 Virtual Wires” section on page 20-14. Raised When—From the drop-down list, choose the contact condition (open or closed) that triggers • the alarm. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-37 November 2004...

  • Page 354: Ntp-G72 Provision External Alarms And Controls On The Alarm Interface Controller-International

    An AIC-I card must be installed in Slot 9. Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G34 Install the AIC or AIC-I Card, page 1-76 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-38 November 2004...
  • Page 355 Step 9 If you are provisioning external alarms, click the External Alarms tab (Figure 7-16). If you are not provisioning external alarms, skip Steps through and go to Step Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-39 November 2004...

  • Page 356: Figure 7-16 Provisioning External Alarms On The Aic-I Card

    Trigger Type—Choose a trigger type: a local minor, major, or critical alarm; a remote minor, major, • or critical alarm; or a virtual wire activation. Description—Enter a description. • Step 14 To provision additional external controls, complete Step 13 for each device. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-40 November 2004...
  • Page 357 Environmental alarms that you create (and name) should be recorded locally for the NE. Both Note the Alarm name and resolution are node-specific. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-41 November 2004...
  • Page 358 Chapter 7 Manage Alarms NTP-G72 Provision External Alarms and Controls on the Alarm Interface Controller-International Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 7-42 November 2004...

  • Page 359: Monitor Performance

    This chapter explains how to enable and view performance monitoring statistics for the Cisco ONS 15454. Performance monitoring (PM) parameters are used by service providers to gather, store, and set thresholds and report performance data for early detection of problems. For more PM information, details, and definitions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide.

  • Page 360: Ntp-G73 Change The Pm Display

    This task changes the window view to display PM counts in 15-minute intervals. Tools/Equipment None Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Retrieve or higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 361: Dlp-G132 Refresh Pm Counts At One-Day Intervals

    If the value of the counter exceeds the threshold value for a particular 1-day interval, a TCA is raised. The number represents the counter value for each specific performance monitoring parameter. View the Prev-n columns to find PM counts for the previous 1-day intervals. Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 362: Dlp-G133 View Near-End Pm Counts

    Click Refresh. All PM parameters occurring for the selected card on the incoming signal appear. For Step 4 PM parameter definitions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. View the Curr column to find PM counts for the current time interval.

  • Page 363: Dlp-G135 Reset Current Pm Counts

    Click Refresh. All PM parameters recorded by the far-end node for the selected card on the outgoing Step 4 signal appear. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. View the Curr column to find PM counts for the current time interval.

  • Page 364: Dlp-G136 Clear Selected Pm Counts

    This task changes the window auto-refresh intervals for updating the displayed PM counts. Tools/Equipment None Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Retrieve or higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 365: Dlp-G138 Refresh Pm Counts For A Different Port

    In the Port drop-down list, choose a port. Click Refresh. The PM counts for the newly selected port appear. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 366: Ntp-G74 Monitor Dwdm Card Performance

    (OSC-CSM) card and port to detect possible performance problems. Tools/Equipment None Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Retrieve or higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 367: Figure 8-1 Oc3 Line Tab In The Optical Service Channel Card View Performance Window

    Click the Optical Line tab. Step 4 Click Refresh. Optical line performance monitoring statistics for the selected port appear. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 368: Dlp-G140 View Optical Amplifier Pm Parameters

    Click Refresh. Optical line performance monitoring statistics for the selected port appear. Step 3 Click the Opt. Ampli. Line tab. Step 4 Step 5 Click Refresh. Optical amplifier line performance monitoring statistics for the selected port appear. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-10 September 2004...

  • Page 369: Dlp-G141 View Pms For 32Mux-O, 32-Wss, 32-Dmx-O, And 32Dmx Cards

    In node view, double-click the 32MUX-O, 32-WSS, 32-DMX-O, or 32DMX card where you want to view Step 1 PM counts. The card view appears. Click the Performance > Optical Chn tabs (Figure 8-3). Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-11 September 2004...

  • Page 370: Dlp-G142 View Channel Filter Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer Pm Parameters

    4-Channel OADM (AD-4C-xx.x) card and port to detect possible performance problems. Tools/Equipment None Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Retrieve or higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-12 September 2004...

  • Page 371: Figure 8-4 Optical Line Tab In The Channel Filter Oadm Card View Performance Window

    Click the Optical Chn tab. Step 4 Click Refresh. Optical channel performance monitoring statistics for the selected port appear. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-13 September 2004...

  • Page 372: Dlp-G143 View Band Filter Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer Pm Parameters

    Click Refresh. Optical channel performance monitoring statistics for the selected port appear. Step 3 Click the Optical Band tab. Step 4 Click Refresh. Optical band performance monitoring statistics for the selected port appear. Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-14 September 2004...

  • Page 373: Ntp-G75 Monitor Transponder And Muxponder Performance

    • • DLP-G154 Delete RMON Alarm Thresholds, page 8-30. To refresh, reset, or clear PM counts, see the “NTP-G73 Change the PM Display” task on Note page 8-2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-15 September 2004...

  • Page 374: Dlp-G144 Enable/Disable Otn Itu-T G.709 Performance Monitoring

    Make an ITU-T G.709 selection based on the following rules: Unchecked disables ITU-T G.709 for that port (default). • Checked enables ITU-T G.709 for that port. • Click Apply. Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-16 September 2004...

  • Page 375: Dlp-G145 Enable/Disable Otn Fec Performance Monitoring

    Step 2 Figure 8-7 OTN Lines Tab for Enabling/Disabling OTN FEC Performance Monitoring for TXP_MR_10E Cards Card View Provisioning OTN Lines tab OTN tab Apply check box button Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-17 September 2004...

  • Page 376: Dlp-G146 View Optics Pm Parameters

    In node view, double-click the transponder or muxponder card where you want to view PM counts. The Step 1 card view appears. Click the Performance > Optics PM tabs (Figure 8-8). Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-18 September 2004...

  • Page 377: Dlp-G147 View Payload Pm Parameters

    View the PM parameter names that appear in the Param column of Current Values and History PM tabs. Step 3 The PM parameter values appear in the Curr (current) and Prev-n (previous) columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4...

  • Page 378: Figure 8-9 Viewing Payload Performance Monitoring Information

    Step 3 The PM parameter values appear in the Curr (current), and Prev-n (previous) columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Note The Payload PMs for data parameters can be viewed only after creating a pluggable port module.

  • Page 379: Dlp-G148 View Otn Pm Parameters

    Curr (current) and Prev-n (previous) columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Click the FEC PM tab (Figure 8-11). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-21 September 2004...

  • Page 380: Dlp-G149 View Payload Statistics Pm Parameters

    Onsite or remote Security Level Retrieve or higher In node view, double-click the MXP_MR_2.5G or MXPP_MR_2.5G card where you want to view PM Step 1 counts. The card view appears. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-22 September 2004...

  • Page 381: Figure 8-12 Statistics Tab On The Card View Performance Window

    View the PM parameter names that appear in the Param column. The current PM parameter values appear Step 4 in the Port # columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. To refresh, reset, or clear PM counts, see the “NTP-G73 Change the PM Display”...

  • Page 382: Dlp-G150 View Payload Utilization Pm Parameters

    The transmit (Tx) and receive (Rx) bandwidth utilization values for the previous time intervals appear Step 5 in the Prev-n columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7...

  • Page 383: Dlp-G151 View Payload History Pm Parameters

    In node view, double-click the MXP_MR_2.5G or MXPP_MR_2.5G card where you want to view PM counts. The card view appears. Click the Performance > Payload PM > History tabs (Figure 8-14). Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-25 September 2004...

  • Page 384: Dlp-G152 View Payload Sonet Pm Parameters

    View the PM parameter names that appear in the Param column. The PM parameter values appear in the Step 4 Prev-n columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. To refresh, reset, or clear PM counts, see the “NTP-G73 Change the PM Display”...

  • Page 385: Figure 8-15 Sonet Pm Tab On The Card View Performance Window

    View the PM parameter names that appear in the Param column. The PM parameter values appear in the Step 4 Prev-n columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. The MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G cards support only OC48/STM16 payload. Each Note payload has a set of PM parameters.

  • Page 386: Dlp-G153 Create Rmon Alarm Thresholds

    Total number of frames received that are less than 5 bytes mediaIndStatsRxFramesBadCRC Total number of frames received with a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error mediaIndStatsTxFramesBadCRC Total number of frames transmitted with a CRC error Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-28 September 2004...
  • Page 387 Click OK to complete the procedure. Step 12 Step 13 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-29 September 2004...

  • Page 388: Dlp-G154 Delete Rmon Alarm Thresholds

    Step 3 Step 4 Click Delete. The Delete Threshold dialog box appears. Click Yes to delete that threshold. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 8-30 September 2004...

  • Page 389: Chapter 9 Manage The Node

    To provision a new node, see Chapter 3, “Turn Up a Node.” change default network element settings and to view a list of those settings, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Release 4.7 Network Element Defaults document.

  • Page 390: Ntp-G76 Verify Span Loss

    Tools/Equipment A node provisioning plan prepared by Cisco MetroPlanner is required. Prerequisite Procedures All procedures in Chapter 3, “Turn Up a Node.” Required/As Needed...

  • Page 391: Dlp-G155 Verify Optical Span Loss Using Ctc

    • change the minimum by entering a new value in the field. Note The minimum and maximum expected span loss values are calculated by Cisco MetroPlanner and imported to the node when you perform the “DLP-G74 Import a Cisco MetroPlanner Configuration File” task on page 3-59.

  • Page 392: Dlp-G156 Measure Span Insertion Loss Using An Otdr

    NTP-G77 Manage Automatic Power Control Purpose This procedure manages the DWDM automatic power control (APC). Tools/Equipment A node provisioning plan prepared by Cisco MetroPlanner is required. Prerequisite Procedures All procedures in Chapter 3, “Turn Up a Node.” Required/As Needed As needed...

  • Page 393: Dlp-G157 Disable Automatic Power Control

    DLP-G157 Disable Automatic Power Control Purpose This task disables the DWDM automatic power control (APC). Tools/Equipment A node provisioning plan prepared by Cisco MetroPlanner is required. Prerequisite Procedures All procedures in Chapter 3, “Turn Up a Node.” Required/As Needed As needed...

  • Page 394: Dlp-G159 Refresh Automatic Power Control Information

    DLP-G159 Refresh Automatic Power Control Information Purpose This procedure refreshes the DWDM automatic power control information. Tools/Equipment A node provisioning plan prepared by Cisco MetroPlanner is required. Prerequisite Procedures All procedures in Chapter 3, “Turn Up a Node.” Required/As Needed...

  • Page 395: Ntp-G79 Modify Automatic Node Setup Parameters

    Caution require adjustments at other network nodes, and anticipating the changes is difficult. In general, you should always enter node or network changes in Cisco MetroPlanner, recalculate the parameters, then import them into the node and run ANS. Complete the “DLP-G46 Log into CTC”...

  • Page 396: Ntp-G80 Change Node Management Information

    DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Caution Changing the date, time, or time zone might invalidate the node’s performance monitoring counters. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 397: Dlp-G161 Change The Login Legal Disclaimer

    The existing statement is a default, non-customer-specific disclaimer. If you want to edit this statement Step 2 with specifics for your company, you can change the text. Use the HTML commands in Table 9-1 format the text, as needed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 398: Ntp-G81 Change Ctc Network Access

    “DLP-G46 Log into CTC” task on page 2-25. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2. Step 2 Complete the “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 11-2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-10 September 2004...

  • Page 399: Dlp-G162 Change Ip Settings

    Suppress CTC IP Display LCD IP Setting • Default Router • Forward DHCP Request To • MAC Address • Net/Subnet Mask Length • TCC CORBA (IIOP) Listener Port • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-11 September 2004...

  • Page 400: Dlp-G163 Modify A Static Route

    Confirm that the changes appear on the Provisioning > Network > General tab. If the changes do not Step 5 appear, repeat the task. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide as necessary. Return to your originating procedure (NTP).

  • Page 401: Dlp-G164 Delete A Static Route

    In the OSPF on LAN area, uncheck the OSPF active on LAN check box. Step 2 Click Apply. Confirm that the changes appear; if not, repeat the task. Step 3 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-13 September 2004...

  • Page 402: Dlp-G166 Delete A Proxy Tunnel

    Click the Provisioning > Network > Firewall subtabs. Step 1 Click the firewall tunnel that you want to delete. Step 2 Click Delete. Step 3 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-14 September 2004...

  • Page 403: Ntp-G82 Customize The Ctc Network View

    From the View menu, choose Go to Network View. Step 1 If you want to change a domain background, double-click the domain. If not, continue with Step Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-15 September 2004...

  • Page 404: Dlp-G169 Change The Default Network View Background Map

    If you want to change the magnification of the icons, right-click the network view and choose Zoom In. Repeat until the ONS 15454 icons are displayed at the magnification you want. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-16 September 2004...

  • Page 405: Dlp-G170 Apply A Custom Network View Background Map

    Provisioning or higher Domains created by one user are visible to all users who log into the network. Note Step 1 From the View menu, choose Go to Network View. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-17 September 2004...

  • Page 406: Dlp-G172 Manage Domain Icons

    Show Domain Overview. Remove domain Right-click the domain icon and choose Remove Domain. Any nodes in the domain are returned to the network map. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-18 September 2004...

  • Page 407: Dlp-G173 Enable Dialog Box Do-Not-Display Option

    Don’t Show Any—Hides all do-not-display check boxes. • Show All—Overrides do-not-display check box selections and displays all dialog boxes. • Click OK. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-19 September 2004...

  • Page 408: Dlp-G174 Switch Between Tdm And Dwdm Network Views

    Perform any of the following tasks as needed: DLP-G175 Modify a Y-Cable Protection Group, page 9-21 • DLP-G176 Modify a Splitter Protection Group, page 9-22 • DLP-G177 Delete a Y-Cable Protection Group, page 9-22 • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-20 September 2004...

  • Page 409: Dlp-G175 Modify A Y-Cable Protection Group

    Click Apply. Confirm that the changes appear; if not, repeat the task. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-21 September 2004...

  • Page 410: Dlp-G176 Modify A Splitter Protection Group

    In node view, click the Provisioning > Protection tabs. Step 1 In the Protection Groups area, click the protection group you want to delete. Step 2 Click Delete. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-22 September 2004...

  • Page 411: Ntp-G84 Initiate And Clear Y-Cable And Splitter External Switching Commands

    To remove a lock-on or lockout and return a protection group to its usual switching method, complete Step 7 “DLP-G183 Clear a Lock On or Lock Out” task on page 9-27. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-23 September 2004...

  • Page 412: Dlp-G178 Apply A Manual Y-Cable Or Splitter Protection Switch

    In node view, click the Maintenance > Protection tabs. Step 1 In the Protection Groups list, click the Y-cable or splitter protection group where you want to apply the Step 2 Force protection switch. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-24 September 2004...

  • Page 413: Dlp-G180 Clear A Manual Or Force Y-Cable Or Splitter Protection Switch

    From Switch Commands, click Clear. Step 4 Step 5 Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box. The Manual or Force protection switch is cleared. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-25 September 2004...

  • Page 414: Dlp-G181 Apply A Lock On

    You can apply the Lock Out to the protect/standby card or port. If the protect card or port is active (traffic Note is switched), the Lock Out task cannot be performed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-26 September 2004...

  • Page 415: Dlp-G183 Clear A Lock On Or Lock Out

    From Inhibit Switching, click Unlock. Step 4 Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box. Step 5 The Lock On or Lock Out is cleared. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-27 September 2004...

  • Page 416: Ntp-G85 Modify Or Delete Communications Channel Terminations And Provisionable Patchcords

    DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Click the Provisioning > Comm Channels > GCC tabs. Step 1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-28 September 2004...

  • Page 417: Dlp-G185 Delete A Gcc Termination

    Click Yes. GCC-EOC alarms appear until all network GCC terminations are deleted and the ports are Step 4 out of service. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-29 September 2004...

  • Page 418: Dlp-G186 Delete An Osc Termination

    Click the provisionable patchcord that you want to delete. Step 2 Click Delete. Step 3 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-30 September 2004...

  • Page 419: Ntp-G86 Convert A Pass-Through Connection To An Add/Drop Connection

    32DMX-O card and the DWDM RX port on the TXP, MXP, or OC-N line card. If the channel is coming from a 32DMX-O, the optical power can be adjusted in CTC by Note modifying the value of the internal per-channel VOA. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-31 September 2004...

  • Page 420: Ntp-G87 Change Node Timing Parameters

    In the General Timing section, change any of the following information: Step 4 • Timing Mode Because mixed timing can cause timing loops, Cisco does not recommend using the Note Mixed Timing option. Use this mode with care. SSM Message Set •...
  • Page 421 Internal timing is Stratum 3 and not intended for permanent use. All ONS 15454s should be timed to a Caution Stratum 2 or better primary reference source. Complete the “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 11-2. Step 10 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-33 September 2004...

  • Page 422: Ntp-G88 Modify Users And Change Security

    DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Superuser In node view, click the Provisioning > Security > Policy tabs. Step 1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-34 September 2004...
  • Page 423 Inactive Duration box. The Inactive Duration range is 45 to 90 days. Click Apply. Confirm that the changes appear; if not, repeat the task. Step 7 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-35 September 2004...

  • Page 424: Dlp-G189 Change Security Policy-Multiple Nodes

    Disable Inactive User—If checked, disables users who do not log into the node for the period of time • specified in the Inactive Duration box. The Inactive Duration range is 45 to 90 days. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-36 September 2004...

  • Page 425: Dlp-G190 Change Node Access And Pm Clearing Privilege

    In the PM Clearing Privilege field, choose the minimum security level that can clear node PM data: Step 4 RETRIEVE, PROVISIONING, MAINTENANCE, or SUPERUSER. Click Apply. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-37 September 2004...

  • Page 426: Dlp-G191 Change User Password And Security Level-Single Node

    Click the Provisioning > Security > Users tabs. Highlight the user’s name whose settings you want to Step 2 change. Click Change. The Change User dialog box appears. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-38 September 2004...

  • Page 427: Dlp-G193 Delete User-Single Node

    Logout before delete if the user is currently logged in. (You cannot delete users if they are logged in.) Click OK. Confirm that the changes appear; if not, repeat the task. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-39 September 2004...

  • Page 428: Dlp-G194 Delete User-Multiple Nodes

    In node view, click the Provisioning > Security > Active Logins tabs. Step 1 Choose the user that you want to log out and click Logout. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-40 September 2004...

  • Page 429: Dlp-G196 Log Out A User-Multiple Nodes

    In the Select Applicable Nodes area, uncheck any nodes where you do not want to change the user’s Step 7 settings (all network nodes are selected by default). Step 8 Click OK. Step 9 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-41 September 2004...

  • Page 430: Ntp-G89 Change Snmp Settings

    Step 2 Select a trap from the Trap Destinations area. For a description of SNMP traps, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Highlight the Destination row field entry under the Community column and change the entry to another Step 3 valid community name.

  • Page 431: Dlp-G198 Delete Snmp Trap Destinations

    Click Delete. A confirmation dialog box appears. Step 4 Click Yes. Confirm that the changes appear; if not, repeat the task. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-43 September 2004...
  • Page 432 Chapter 9 Manage the Node DLP-G198 Delete SNMP Trap Destinations Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 9-44 September 2004...

  • Page 433: Chapter 10 Change Card Settings

    Before performing any of the following procedures, investigate all alarms and clear any trouble conditions. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide as necessary. Changing card settings can be service affecting. You should make all changes during a scheduled Caution maintenance window.

  • Page 434: Ntp-G90 Modify Line Settings And Pm Parameter Thresholds For Optical Service Channel Cards

    DLP-G203 Change Maintenance Settings for Automatic Laser Shutdown, page 10-9 • Complete the “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 11-2. Step 4 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-2 September 2004...

  • Page 435: Dlp-G199 Change Optical Line Settings For Oscm And Osc-Csm Cards

    Display only. Sets the STS that will be used for • pointer justification. If set to 0, no STS is • monitored. Only one STS can be monitored on each OC-N port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-3 September 2004...
  • Page 436 • OOS-MA,MT (Out-of-Service and Management, Maintenance [ANSI]) or Locked-enabled,maintenance (ETSI)— The port is out-of-service for maintenance. Alarm reporting is suppressed, but traffic is carried and loopbacks are allowed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-4 September 2004...

  • Page 437: Dlp-G200 Change Line Threshold Settings For Oscm And Osc-Csm Cards

    Line or Section (Near and Far End). Select the bullet and click Refresh. Severely errored seconds Numeric. Can be set for 15-minute or one-day intervals for Line or Section (Near and Far End). Select the bullet and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-5 September 2004...

  • Page 438: Dlp-G201 Change Optical Line Parameters For Oscm And Osc-Csm Cards

    Sets the port service state unless network conditions IS/Unlocked • prevent the change. For more information about IS,AINS/Unlocked,automaticInService • administrative states, see Appendix C, “DWDM OOS,DSBLD/Locked,disabled • Enhanced State Model.” OOS,MT/Locked,maintenance • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-6 September 2004...
  • Page 439 The user can modify the attenuation value of the Numeric Attenuation VOA if necessary when the VOA mode is set for Calib. constant attenuation. Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-7 September 2004...

  • Page 440: Dlp-G202 Change Optical Channel Threshold Settings For Oscm And Osc-Csm Cards

    Numeric. Can be set for 15-minute or (dBm) one-day intervals for Warning or Alarm. Select the bullet and click Refresh. Click Apply. Step 4 Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-8 September 2004...

  • Page 441: Dlp-G203 Change Maintenance Settings For Automatic Laser Shutdown

    Request Laser If checked, allows you to restart the laser. Checked or unchecked Restart Display only. Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-9 September 2004...

  • Page 442: Ntp-G91 Modify Line Settings And Pm Parameter Thresholds For Amplifier Cards

    In node view, double-click the OPT-PRE or OPT-BST amplifier where you want to change the optical Step 1 line settings. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Step 2 Modify any of the settings described in Table 10-6. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-10 September 2004...

  • Page 443: Table 10-6 Opt-Pre And Opt-Bst Amplifier Optical Line Settings

    Input OSC • Output OSC. • Power Shows the current power level per port. Display only. — Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-11 September 2004...

  • Page 444: Dlp-G205 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings For Opt-Pre And Opt-Bst Amplifiers

    Numeric. Can be set for 15-minute or (dBm) one-day intervals for Warning or Alarm. Select the bullet and click Refresh. Click Apply. Step 4 Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-12 September 2004...

  • Page 445: Dlp-G206 Change Optical Amplifier Line Settings For Opt-Pre And Opt-Bst Amplifiers

    Primary State-Primary automaticInService State Qualifier, Secondary State. For more OOS-MA,DSBLD/Locked-enabled,disabled • information about service states, see Appendix C, “DWDM Enhanced State Model.” OOS-MA,MT/Locked-enabled,maintenance • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-13 September 2004...
  • Page 446 Tilt Calibration The user can manually set the amplifier tilt. Numeric Mode Shows the working mode of the amplifier. Display Control gain only. Control power Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-14 September 2004...

  • Page 447: Dlp-G207 Change Optical Channel Threshold Settings For Opt-Pre And Opt-Bst Amplifiers

    Numeric. Can be set for 15-minute or (dBm) one-day intervals for Warning or Alarm. Select the bullet and click Refresh. Click Apply. Step 4 Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-15 September 2004...

  • Page 448: Ntp- G92 Modify Line Settings And Pm Parameter Thresholds For Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Cards

    Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Refer to the “Performance Monitoring” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Note Troubleshooting Guide for more information on MUX and DMX parameters. Complete the “DLP-G46 Log into CTC” task on page 2-25...

  • Page 449: Cards

    Primary State-Primary automaticInService State Qualifier, Secondary State. For more OOS-MA,DSBLD/Locked-enabled,disabled • information about service states, see Appendix C, “DWDM Enhanced State Model.” OOS-MA,MT/Locked-enabled,maintenance • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-17 September 2004...

  • Page 450: Dlp-G209 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings For Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Cards

    Select the bullet and click Refresh. Power High Set the high power settings. Numeric. Can be set for 15-minute or (dBm) one-day intervals for Warning or Alarm. Select the bullet and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-18 September 2004...

  • Page 451: Dlp-G210 Change Optical Channel Settings For Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Cards

    Primary State-Primary automaticInService State Qualifier, Secondary State. For more OOS-MA,DSBLD/Locked-enabled,disabled • information about service states, see Appendix C, “DWDM Enhanced State Model.” OOS-MA,MT/Locked-enabled,maintenance • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-19 September 2004...
  • Page 452 Allows the user to modify the attenuation value of Numeric Attenuation the VOA if necessary when the VOA mode is set for Calib. constant attenuation. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-20 September 2004...

  • Page 453: Table 10-13 Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Cards Optical Channel Threshold Settings

    Select the bullet and click Refresh. Power High Set the high power settings. Numeric. Can be set for 15-minute or (dBm) one-day intervals for Warning or Alarm. Select the bullet and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-21 September 2004...

  • Page 454: Ntp-G93 Modify Line Settings And Pm Parameter Thresholds For 32Wss Cards

    DLP-G215 Change Optical Line Optics Thresholds for the 32WSS Card, page 10-28 • Complete the “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 11-2. Step 4 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-22 September 2004...

  • Page 455: Dlp-G212 Change Optical Channel Parameters For The 32Wss Card

    Primary • OOS-MA,DSBLD/Locked-enabled,disabled State-Primary State Qualifier, Secondary State. For more information about service states, see OOS-MA,MT/Locked-enabled,maintenance • Appendix C, “DWDM Enhanced State Model.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-23 September 2004...
  • Page 456 (IS) automatically 0 to 48 hours, 15-minute increments • Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-24 September 2004...

  • Page 457: Dlp-G213 Change Optical Channel Optics Thresholds For The 32Wss Card

    Select the warning threshold interval by selecting either the 15 Min or 1 Day radio button. Step 6 Step 7 Click the Refresh button. Step 8 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-25 September 2004...

  • Page 458: Dlp-G214 Change Optical Line Parameters For The 32Wss Card

    User-defined. Name can be up to 32 alphanumeric/ ports shown by filling in this field. special characters. Blank by default. See the “DLP-G104 Assign a Name to a Port” task on page 6-8. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-26 September 2004...
  • Page 459 Duration of valid input signal, in hh.mm format, • after which the card becomes in service (IS) automatically • 0 to 48 hours, 15-minute increments Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-27 September 2004...

  • Page 460: Dlp-G215 Change Optical Line Optics Thresholds For The 32Wss Card

    Select the threshold alert type by clicking either the Warning or the Alarm radio button. Step 5 Select the warning threshold interval by selecting either the 15 Min or 1 Day radio button. Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-28 September 2004...

  • Page 461: Ntp-G94 Provision Pluggable Port Modules

    7-32 as necessary. Verify that no unexplained conditions appear on the network. If unexplained conditions appear, resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Complete the “DLP-G114 Export CTC Data” task on page 7-4 to export alarm and condition information.

  • Page 462: Table 10-18 Ppm Port Types

    FC1G—Fiber Channel 1,06 Gbps • MXPP_MR_2.5G FC2G—Fiber Channel 2,125 Gbps • FICON1G—Fiber CON 1,06 Gbps (IBM signal) • • FICON2G—Fiber CON 2,125 Gbps (IBM signal) • ONE_GE—One Gigabit Ethernet 1,125 Gbps Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-30 September 2004...

  • Page 463: Ntp-G95 Delete Pluggable Port Modules

    7-32 as necessary. Verify that no unexplained conditions appear on the network. If unexplained conditions appear, resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Complete the “DLP-G114 Export CTC Data” task on page 7-4 to export alarm and condition information.

  • Page 464: Ntp- G96 Modify Line Settings And Pm Parameter Thresholds For Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E

    DLP-G221 Change OTN Settings for TXP_MR_10G and TXP_MR_10E Cards, page 10-40 Step 4 Complete the “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 11-2. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-32 September 2004...

  • Page 465: Table 10-19 Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Transponder Card Settings

    Further wavelengths in 100-GHz ITU • (DWDM) side optical transmitter. spacing Supported wavelengths are in white • and marked by asterisks (**); unsupported wavelengths are gray Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-33 September 2004...
  • Page 466 In node view, double-click the TXP_MR_10G or TXP_MR_10E card where you want to change the line settings. Click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (including 10G Ethernet WAN phy) tab. Step 2 Step 3 Modify any of the settings described in Table 10-20. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-34 September 2004...

  • Page 467: Table 10-20 Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Transponder Card Line Settings

    (IS) automatically • 0 to 48 hours, 15-minute increments Type (Cards with no PPM only.) The optical transport • SONET type. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-35 September 2004...
  • Page 468 (TXP_MR_10E, 10_GE only.) Sets the incoming Value of MAC address. 6 bytes in hexadecimal Address MAC address format. Click Apply. Step 4 Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-36 September 2004...

  • Page 469: Table 10-21 Txp_Mr_10G Transponder Card Section Trace Settings

    You can press the Refresh button to manually refresh this display, or select the Auto-refresh every 5 sec check box to keep this panel updated. Click Apply. Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-37 September 2004...

  • Page 470: Cards

    SEFS (Section only.) Severely errored framing Numeric. Can be set for Far End, for seconds 15-minute or one-day intervals for Section only. Select the bullet and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-38 September 2004...

  • Page 471: Table 10-23 Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Transponder Card Optical Thresholds Settings

    High (dBm) receiver input power. Range –40.0 to +30.0 RX Power Low Sets the warning threshold for low Numeric, in dBm (dBm) receiver input power. Range –40.0 to +30.0 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-39 September 2004...

  • Page 472: Table 10-24 Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Transponder Card Otn Settings

    FEC mode can be enabled (to provide • Enhanced (E-FEC ON) greater range and lower bit error rate). SF BER Sets the signal fail bit error rate. 1E-5 • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-40 September 2004...

  • Page 473: Table 10-25 Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Transponder Card Itu-T G.709 Threshold Settings

    End, for 15-minute or one-day intervals, or for SM (OTUk) or PM (ODUk). Select the bullet and click Refresh. Table 10-26 describes the values on the Provisioning > OTN > FEC Thresholds tab. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-41 September 2004...

  • Page 474: Table 10-26 Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Transponder Card Fec Threshold Settings

    Auto-refresh every 5 sec check box to keep this panel updated. Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-42 September 2004...

  • Page 475: Ntp- G97 Modify Line Settings And Pm Parameter Thresholds For Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Cards

    DLP-G228 Change Line OTN Settings for MXP_2.5G_10G and MXP_2.5G_10E Cards, page 10-52 Step 4 Complete the “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 11-2. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-43 September 2004...

  • Page 476: Dlp-G222 Change Card Settings For Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp 2.5G_10E Cards

    (**); unsupported wavelengths are gray Card Displays the settings for the card. Information only. Parameters Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-44 September 2004...

  • Page 477: Dlp-G223 Change Line Settings For Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp 2.5G_10E Cards

    Primary State-Primary automaticInService State Qualifier, Secondary State. For more OOS-MA,DSBLD/Locked-enabled,disabled • information about service states, see Appendix C, “DWDM Enhanced State Model.” OOS-MA,MT/Locked-enabled,maintenance • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-45 September 2004...
  • Page 478 (Cards with no PPM only.) When checked, sends a • DoNotUse DUS (do not use) message on the S1 byte. • Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-46 September 2004...

  • Page 479: Dlp-G224 Change Section Trace Settings For Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Cards

    String of trace string size received string. You can press the Refresh button to manually refresh this display, or select the Auto-refresh every 5 sec check box to keep this panel updated. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-47 September 2004...

  • Page 480: Dlp-G225 Change Trunk Settings For Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Cards

    Sets the port service state unless network conditions IS/Unlocked • prevent the change. For more information about IS,AINS/Unlocked,automaticInService • administrative states, see Appendix C, “DWDM OOS,DSBLD/Locked,disabled • Enhanced State Model.” OOS,MT/Locked,maintenance • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-48 September 2004...

  • Page 481: Dlp-G226 Change Line Thresholds Settings For Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp 2.5G_10E Cards

    In node view, double-click the MXP_2.5G_10G or MXP_2.5G_10E card where you want to change the Step 1 line threshold settings. Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Line Thresholds tabs. Step 3 Modify any of the settings described in Table 10-32. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-49 September 2004...

  • Page 482: Table 10-32 Mxp_2.5G_10G Or Mxp_2.5G_10E Muxponder Card Line Threshold Settings

    Numeric. Can be set for Near End or Far End, for 15-minute or one-day intervals, for Line only. Select the bullet and click Refresh. Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-50 September 2004...

  • Page 483: Table 10-33 Mxp_2.5G_10G Or Mxp_2.5G_10E Muxponder Card Optical Threshold Settings

    Select a 15 Min or 1 Day interval radio button (available for TCA only), and then click Refresh. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-51 September 2004...

  • Page 484: Cards

    Enhanced (E-FEC ON) • greater range and lower bit error rate). E-FEC applies only to the MXP_2.5G_10E card. SF BER Sets the signal fail bit error rate. 1E-5 • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-52 September 2004...

  • Page 485: Table 10-35 Mxp_2.5G_10G Or Mxp_2.5G_10E Muxponder Card G.709 Threshold Settings

    End, for 15-minute or one-day intervals, or for SM (OTUk) or PM (ODUk). Select a bullet and click Refresh. Table 10-36 describes the values on the Provisioning > OTN > FEC Thresholds tab. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-53 September 2004...

  • Page 486: Table 10-36 Mxp_2.5G_10G Or Mxp_2.5G_10E Muxponder Card Fec Threshold Settings

    Auto-refresh every 5 sec box to keep this panel updated. Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-54 September 2004...

  • Page 487: Ntp- G98 Modify Line Settings And Pm Parameter Thresholds For Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G

    This task changes the card settings for TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G transponder cards. Tools/Equipment None Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-55 September 2004...

  • Page 488: Table 10-38 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Transponder Card Settings

    • • • • • Regeneration Sets the regeneration peer group name. User defined. Group Name Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-56 September 2004...

  • Page 489: Table 10-39 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Transponder Card Line Settings

    Appendix C, “DWDM Enhanced State Model.” • OOS-MA,MT/Locked-enabled,maintenance ALS Mode Sets the automatic laser shutdown function. • Disabled • Auto Restart Manual Restart • Manual Restart for Test • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-57 September 2004...

  • Page 490: Dlp- G231 Change Section Trace Settings For Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Cards

    In node view, double-click the TXP_MR_2.5G or TXPP_MR_2.5G card where you want to change the Step 1 section trace settings. Click the Provisioning > Line > Section Trace tab. Step 2 Modify any of the settings described in Table 10-40. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-58 September 2004...

  • Page 491: Dlp-G232 Change Line Threshold Settings For Txp_Mr_2.5G

    Modify any of the settings as follows: For OC-3/STM-1, OC-12/STM-4, and OC-48/STM-16 payloads, see Table 10-41. • For 1G Ethernet, 1G, and 2G Fiber Channel/FICON payloads, see Table 10-42. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-59 September 2004...

  • Page 492: Table 10-41 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Transponder Card Line Thresholds Settings For Oc-3/Stm-1, Oc-12/Stm-4, And Oc-48/Stm-16 Payloads

    (Line only.) Number of valid packets Numeric. Can be set for Near End or Far End, for 15-minute or one-day intervals, for Line only. Select the bullet and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-60 September 2004...

  • Page 493: Dlp-G233 Change Optical Thresholds Settings For Txp_Mr_2.5G

    In node view, double-click the TXP_MR_2.5G or TXPP_MR_2.5G card where you want to change the Step 1 optical threshold settings. Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Optics Thresholds tabs. Step 3 Modify any of the settings described in Table 10-43. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-61 September 2004...

  • Page 494: Dlp-G234 Change Otn Settings For Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Cards

    In node view, double-click the TXP_MR_2.5G or TXPP_MR_2.5G card where you want to change the Step 1 OTN settings. Click one of the Provisioning > OTN tabs (OTN Lines, G.709 Thresholds, FEC Thresholds, or Trail Step 2 Trace Identifier tab). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-62 September 2004...

  • Page 495: Table 10-44 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Transponder Card Otn Line Settings

    2G-FC payload without ITU-T G.709 is 2 microseconds, with ITU-T G.709 is 20 microseconds. Consider these values when planning a FC network that is sensitive to latency. Table 10-46 describes the values on the Provisioning > OTN > FEC Threshold tab. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-63 September 2004...

  • Page 496: Table 10-46 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Transponder Card Fec Threshold Settings

    Received Display only. Displays the current String of trace string size received string. Click Apply. Step 4 Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-64 September 2004...

  • Page 497: Ntp- G99 Modify Line Settings And Pm Parameter Thresholds For Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G

    To use the Alarm Profiles tab, including creating alarm profiles and suppressing alarms, see Note Chapter 7, “Manage Alarms.” Step 4 Complete the “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 11-2. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-65 September 2004...

  • Page 498: Table 10-48 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Muxponder Card Settings

    The four available wavelengths Note are listed in the Card Parameters section of the window. Step 4 Click Apply. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-66 September 2004...

  • Page 499: Table 10-49 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Muxponder Card Line Client Tab Settings

    Sets the port service state unless network • IS/Unlocked conditions prevent the change. For more IS,AINS/Unlocked,automaticInService • information about administrative states, see OOS,DSBLD/Locked,disabled • Appendix C, “DWDM Enhanced State Model.” OOS,MT/Locked,maintenance • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-67 September 2004...
  • Page 500 1. BER and SD thresholds apply only to trunk ports (Port 9 for MXP_MR_2.5G and Ports 9-10 for MXPP_MR_2.5G). Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-68 September 2004...

  • Page 501: Table 10-50 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Muxponder Card Line Distance Extension Settings

    1600 km for 1GFC and up to 800 km for Extension 2GFC. Auto Detect Allows automatic detection of buffer Checked or unchecked Credits credits for FC flow control. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-69 September 2004...
  • Page 502 Click the Provisioning > Line > OC48 tab. Tabs and parameter selections vary according to PPM Step 2 provisioning. Step 3 Modify any of the settings for the OC48 Extension tab as described in Table 10-51. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-70 September 2004...

  • Page 503: Table 10-51 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Muxponder Card Line Oc48 Tab Settings

    • Manual Restart for Test: Manually restarts the laser for testing. SF BER Sets the signal fail bit error rate. 1E-3 • 1E-4 • • 1E-5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-71 September 2004...
  • Page 504 Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher In node view, double-click the MXP_MR_2.5G or MXPP_MR_2.5G card where you want to change the Step 1 section trace settings. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-72 September 2004...

  • Page 505: Dlp-G240 Change Line Threshold Settings For Mxp_Mr_2.5G

    In node view, double-click the MXP_MR_2.5G or MXPP_MR_2.5G card where you want to change the Step 1 line threshold settings. Click the Provisioning > Line Thresholds tabs. Step 2 Modify any of the settings as shown in Table 10-53. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-73 September 2004...

  • Page 506: Table 10-53 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Muxponder Card Line Threshold Settings

    SEFS (Section only.) Severely errored framing Numeric. Can be set for Far End, for seconds. 15-minute or one-day intervals for Section only. Select the bullet and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-74 September 2004...

  • Page 507: Dlp-G241 Change Optical Thresholds Settings For Mxp_Mr_2.5G

    In node view, double-click the MXP_MR_2.5G or MXPP_MR_2.5G card where you want to change the optical threshold settings. Click the Provisioning > Optics Thresholds tabs. Step 2 Modify any of the settings described in Table 10-43. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-75 September 2004...

  • Page 508: Table 10-54 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Muxponder Card Optical Threshold Settings

    Select a 15 Min or 1 Day performance monitoring interval radio button (available for TCA only), and Step 6 then click Refresh. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-76 September 2004...

  • Page 509: Ntp-G100 Modify Alarm Interface Controller Settings (Ansi Only)

    “DLP-G23 Install Alarm Wires on the Backplane (ANSI Only)” task on page 1-53 for more information. In node view, double-click the AIC card to display it in card view. Step 2 Click the Provisioning > External Alarms tabs. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-77 September 2004...

  • Page 510: Dlp-G243 Change External Controls Using The Aic Card

    • • Description Step 5 To provision additional controls, complete Step 4 for each additional device. Step 6 Click Apply. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-78 September 2004...

  • Page 511: Dlp-G244 Change Orderwire Settings Using The Aic Card

    (four-wire or two-wire) that you will use. In general, you should not need to adjust the dBm values. Step 4 Click Apply. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-79 September 2004...

  • Page 512: Ntp-G101 Modify Alarm Interface Controller-International Settings

    Install Alarm Wires on the MIC-A/P (ETSI Only)” task on page 1-48 (ETSI) or “DLP-G23 Install Alarm Wires on the Backplane (ANSI Only)” task on page 1-53 (ANSI) for more information. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-80 September 2004...

  • Page 513: Dlp-G246 Change External Controls Using The Aic-I Card

    Controls on the Alarm Interface Controller-International” procedure on page 7-38. Enabled • Trigger Type • Control Type • Description • To provision additional controls, complete Step 3 for each additional device. Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-81 September 2004...

  • Page 514: Dlp-G247 Change Aic-I Card Orderwire Settings

    If you want to turn on the audible alert (buzzer) for the orderwire, check the Buzzer On check box. Step 4 Click Apply. Step 5 Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-82 September 2004...

  • Page 515: Ntp-G102 Change Card Service State

    For information about the enhanced state model and card state transitions, refer to the “DWDM Enhanced State Model” section on page C-1. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-83 September 2004...
  • Page 516 Chapter 10 Change Card Settings NTP-G102 Change Card Service State Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 10-84 September 2004...

  • Page 517: Chapter 11 Maintain The Node

    Before You Begin Before performing any of the following procedures, investigate all alarms and clear any trouble conditions. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide as necessary for general troubleshooting information and alarm or error descriptions.

  • Page 518: Ntp-G103 Back Up The Database

    Internet Inter-ORB Protocol (IIOP) port. If you change the node name and then restore a backed up database with a different node name, the circuits map to the new node name. Cisco recommends keeping a record of the old and new node names.

  • Page 519: Ntp-G104 Restore The Database

    IIOP port. If you change the node name and then restore a backed up database with a different node name, the circuits map to the new renamed node. Cisco recommends keeping a record of the old and new node names.

  • Page 520: Figure 11-1 Restoring The Database-Traffic Loss Warning

    Click OK when the “Lost connection to node, changing to Network View” dialog box appears. Wait for Step 11 the node to reconnect. Step 12 Complete the “DLP-G158 Enable Automatic Power Control” task on page 9-5. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-4 September 2004...

  • Page 521: Ntp-G105 Restore The Node To Factory Configuration

    Restoring a node to factory configuration on a Windows or UNIX workstation should only be carried out on a standby TCC2 card. Cisco recommends that you save the node database to safe location if you will not be restoring the node Caution using the database provided on the software CD.
  • Page 522 On the CD drive, go to the CISCO15454 folder and choose All Files from the Files of Type drop-down Step 3 list. Select the RE-INIT.jar file and click Open to open the reinit tool (Figure 11-3). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-6 September 2004...

  • Page 523: Figure 11-3 Reinitialization Tool In Windows

    The Complete message only indicates that the TCC2 successfully uploaded the database, not that Note the database restore was successful. The TCC2 then tries to restore the database after it reboots. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-7 September 2004...

  • Page 524: Dlp-G249 Use The Reinitialization Tool To Clear The Database And Upload Software (Unix)

    Insert the system software CD containing the reinit tool, software, and defaults database into the Step 1 computer CD-ROM drive. If the CTC Installation Wizard appears, click Cancel. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-8 September 2004...

  • Page 525: Figure 11-5 Reinitialization Tool In Unix

    RJ-45 (LAN) port on the TCC2 card or on the hub or switch where the ONS 15454 is physically connected. Reconnect your straight-through LAN cable to the LAN port and log back into CTC. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-9...

  • Page 526: Ntp-G106 Reset Cards Using Ctc

    Before you reset the TCC2, you should wait at least 60 seconds after the last provisioning change you Note made to avoid losing any changes to the database. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-10 September 2004...

  • Page 527: Dlp-G251 Reset Dwdm Cards Using Ctc

    Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. In node view, right-click the TCC2 card to reveal a drop-down list.

  • Page 528: Ntp-G107 Remove And Replace Dwdm Cards

    ONS 15454 cards normally do not need to be reset. However, you may occasionally need to reset a card Note for testing or as an initial trouble-clearing step. For additional information, see the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide.
  • Page 529 “DLP-G128 Disable Alarm Filtering” task on page 7-32 as necessary. Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. Complete the following tasks, as needed: Step 3 •...

  • Page 530: Dlp-G252 Place Txp And Mxp Ports Out Of Service

    Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. Stop. You have completed this procedure. DLP-G252 Place TXP and MXP Ports Out of Service...

  • Page 531: Dlp-G253 Place Oscm And Osc-Csm Ports Out Of Service

    Under Admin State, choose OOS,DSLB for each port that does not have an OOS-MA,DSLB service Step 7 state. Click Apply. Step 8 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes. Step 9 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-15 September 2004...

  • Page 532: Dlp-G254 Place Opt-Bst And Opt-Bst Ports Out Of Service

    Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs. (For 32WSS cards, the tabs are Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector 1 > Parameters.) Under Admin State, choose OOS,DSLB for each port that does not have an OOS-MA,DSLB service Step 3 state. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-16 September 2004...

  • Page 533: Dlp-G256 Place 4Md-Xx.x Ports Out Of Service

    Under Admin State, choose OOS,DSLB for each port that does not have an OOS-MA,DSLB service Step 7 state. Click Apply. Step 8 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes. Step 9 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-17 September 2004...

  • Page 534: Dlp-G257 Place Band Oadm Ports Out Of Service

    Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Under Admin State, choose OOS,DSLB for each port that does not have an OOS-MA,DSLB service Step 3 state. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-18 September 2004...

  • Page 535: Ntp-G108 Viewing The Audit Trail Records

    In the node view, click the Maintenance > Audit tabs. Step 2 Click Retrieve. Step 3 A window containing the most recent audit trail records appears as shown in Figure 11-6. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-19 September 2004...

  • Page 536: Figure 11-6 Viewing The Audit Trail Records

    • Row Count—Provides a numerical count of log entries • Shift-click on the column heading for an incremental sort of the list. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-20 September 2004...

  • Page 537: Ntp-G109 Off-Load The Audit Trail Record

    If you archived the entries, you cannot reimport the log file back into CTC and will have to view the log in a different application. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-21 September 2004...

  • Page 538: Ntp-G110 Off-Load The Diagnostics File

    The revert feature is useful if a maintenance window closes while you are upgrading CTC software. You can revert to the protect software load without losing traffic. When the next maintenance window appears, complete the upgrade and activate the new software load. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-22 September 2004...
  • Page 539 If needed, recreate the circuits recorded in Step 3. See Chapter 6, “Create Channels and Circuits” Step 11 specific circuit creation procedures. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-23 September 2004...

  • Page 540: Ntp-G112 Change The Node Timing Reference

    For information about the Clear option, see the “DLP-G260 Clear a Manual or Force Switch on a Node Timing Reference” task on page 11-25. Click Apply next to the timing source. Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-24 September 2004...

  • Page 541: Dlp-G260 Clear A Manual Or Force Switch On A Node Timing Reference

    Step 1 timing status. If you are already logged in, continue with Step Click the Maintenance > Timing > Report tabs. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-25 September 2004...

  • Page 542: Table 11-2 Ons 15454 Timing Report

    The node timing clock. timing clock. The BITS-1 Out The BITS-1 Out timing clock. report section that BITS-2 Out The BITS-2 Out timing clock. follows applies to the timing clock indicated. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-26 September 2004...
  • Page 543 Switch Type of switch. AUTOMATIC The timing switch was system-generated. Type Manual The timing switch was a user-initiated Manual switch. Force The timing switch was user-initiated Force switch. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-27 September 2004...
  • Page 544 “18.2.2 Synchronization Status Messaging” section on page 18-8. Indicates the date — — Changed and time of the last SSM status change in MM/DD/YY HH:MM:SS format. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-28 September 2004...

  • Page 545: Ntp-G114 Inspect, Clean, And Replace The Air Filter

    Do not reach into a vacant slot or chassis while you install or remove a module or a fan. Exposed circuitry could constitute an energy hazard. Although the filter can work if it is installed with either side facing up, Cisco recommends that you Note install it with the metal bracing facing up to preserve the surface of the filter.

  • Page 546: Figure 11-7 Ansi Shelf Fan-Tray Air Filter In An External Filter Bracket (Front Door Removed)

    Figure 11-8 ETSI Shelf Fan-Tray Air Filter in an External Filter Bracket (Front Door Removed) Fan tray filter Step 5 Push the outer side of the handles on the fan-tray assembly to expose the handles. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-30 September 2004...
  • Page 547 Step 14 If you replace the door, also reattach the ground strap. Step 15 Close and lock the door. Step 16 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-31 September 2004...

  • Page 548: Ntp-G115 Clean Fiber Connectors

    “DLP-G263 Clean the Fiber Adapters” task on page 11-34 as necessary. Step 5 Do not reuse optical swabs. Keep unused swabs off of work surfaces. Caution Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-32 September 2004...

  • Page 549: Dlp-G261 Scope And Clean Fiber Connectors And Adapters With Alcohol And Dry Wipes

    CLETOP stick swab (14100400). Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-33 September 2004...

  • Page 550: Dlp-G262 Clean Fiber Connectors With Cletop

    Insert a CLETOP stick swab (14100400) into the adapter opening and rotate the swab. Step 3 Place dust plugs on the fiber adapters when not in use. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-34 September 2004...

  • Page 551: Ntp-G116 Replace The Fan-Tray Assembly

    NEBS3E or NEBS3 — None NEBS3E or NEBS3 — MEA on 10G NEBS3E or NEBS3 — None NEBS3E or NEBS3 — MEA on 10G ANSI or HD — None Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-35 September 2004...

  • Page 552: Table 11-4 Incompatibility Alarms For Ons 15454 Etsi

    15454E-SA-ETSI — None 15454E-SA-ETSI — MEA on 10G ETSI — None ETSI 2.5G compatible MEA on fan tray or Ethernet ETSI 10G compatible MEA on fan tray Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-36 September 2004...
  • Page 553 When the fans have stopped, pull the fan-tray assembly completely out of the shelf assembly. Step 7 Figure 11-9 shows the location of the fan tray on the ONS 15454 ANSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-37 September 2004...

  • Page 554: Figure 11-9 Removing Or Replacing The Fan-Tray Assembly (Front Door Removed) (Ansi)

    Figure 11-9 Removing or Replacing the Fan-Tray Assembly (Front Door Removed) (ANSI) F A N F A IL M IN Fan tray assembly Figure 11-10 shows the location of the fan tray on the ONS 15454 ETSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-38 September 2004...

  • Page 555: Figure 11-10 Removing Or Replacing The Fan-Tray Assembly (Front Door Removed) (Etsi)

    To verify that the tray has plugged into the backplane, check that the LCD on the front of the fan tray is Step 10 activated. If you replace the door on an ANSI shelf, be sure to reattach the ground strap. Step 11 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-39 September 2004...

  • Page 556: Ntp-G117 Replace The Ansi Shelf Alarm Interface Panel

    Do not perform this procedure on a node with live traffic. Hot-swapping the AIP can affect traffic and Caution result in a loss of data. For assistance with AIP replacement, contact Cisco TAC at (800) 553-2447. Review Table 11-3 on page 11-35...

  • Page 557: Figure 11-11 Find The Mac Address

    Maintain the Node NTP-G117 Replace the ANSI Shelf Alarm Interface Panel Figure 11-11 Find the MAC Address Call Cisco TAC at (800) 553-2447 for assistance in replacing the AIP and maintaining the original MAC Step 4 address. Unscrew the five screws that hold the lower backplane cover in place (Figure 11-12).
  • Page 558 Replace the lower backplane cover and secure the cover with the five screws. Step 15 Step 16 In node view, click the Provisioning > Network tabs. Cisco recommends that TCC2 card resets be performed in a maintenance window to avoid any potential Caution service disruptions. Step 17 Reset the standby TCC2 card: Right-click the standby TCC2 card and choose Reset Card.

  • Page 559: Figure 11-13 Repairing Circuits

    Figure 11-14 Recording the Old MAC Address Before Replacing the AIP The Repair Circuits dialog box appears (Figure 11-15). Read the information in the dialog box and click Step 26 Finish. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-43 September 2004...

  • Page 560: Ntp-G118 Replace The Ansi Shelf Plastic Lower Backplane Cover

    In the node view of the new node, click the Circuits tab. Check to ensure that all circuits listed have a Step 28 status of DISCOVERED. If all circuits listed are not DISCOVERED, call the Cisco TAC at (800) 553-2447 to open a Return Material Authorization (RMA).

  • Page 561: Figure 11-16 Attaching Plastic Lower Backplane Cover

    NTP-G118 Replace the ANSI Shelf Plastic Lower Backplane Cover Figure 11-16 Attaching Plastic Lower Backplane Cover Tighten the five retaining screws that hold the plastic cover in place. Step 5 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-45 September 2004...
  • Page 562 Chapter 11 Maintain the Node NTP-G118 Replace the ANSI Shelf Plastic Lower Backplane Cover Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 11-46 September 2004...

  • Page 563: Power Down The Node

    C H A P T E R Power Down the Node This chapter explains how to power down a node and stop all node activity on the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI or ETSI. NTP-G119 Power Down the Node Purpose This procedure stops all node activity.
  • Page 564 Before deleting any installed MSTP cards, the optical patch cords have to be deleted. In the node view, click Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Connections tabs. Select all the connections and click Delete. Click Yes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 12-2 September 2004...

  • Page 565: Chapter 12 Power Down The Node

    When circuits are deleted the Admin State displays as OOS,DSBLD/Locked,disabled and the Service State displays OOS-MA,DSBLD/Locked-enabled,disabled. Remove all fiber connections to the cards. Step 11 In node view, right-click an installed card and click Delete. Step 12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 12-3 September 2004...
  • Page 566 You cannot delete an Advanced Timing, Communications, and Control (TCC2) card in Note Cisco Transport Controller (CTC). Physically remove it after all the other cards have been deleted and removed. Shut off the power from the power supply that feeds the node.

  • Page 567: Shelf Hardware Reference

    C H A P T E R Shelf Hardware Reference This chapter provides a description of Cisco ONS 15454 hardware for the ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. For card descriptions, see Chapter 14, “Card Reference.” To install equipment, see Chapter 1, “Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards.”...

  • Page 568: Overview

    13.1 Overview This section provides an introduction to the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI and the Cisco ONS 15454 ETSI. Install the ONS 15454 in compliance with your local and national electrical codes: United States: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70; United States National Electrical •...

  • Page 569: Cisco Ons 15454 Etsi

    Alliance (EIA) standard and Telcordia-standard racks. The shelf assembly is a total of 17 inches (431.8 mm) wide with no mounting ears attached. Ring runs are not provided by Cisco and might hinder side-by-side installation of shelves where space is limited.
  • Page 570 The air ramp (the angled piece of sheet metal on top of the shelf assembly) provides this spacing and should not be modified in any way. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-4...

  • Page 571: Reversible Mounting Bracket

    The shelf assembly comes preset for installation in a 23-inch (584.2 mm) rack, but you can reverse the mounting bracket to fit the smaller 19-inch (482.6 mm) rack. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-5 September 2004...

  • Page 572: Mounting A Single Node

    The advantage of using the bottom brackets is that you can replace the filter without removing the fan tray. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-6 September 2004...

  • Page 573: Ons 15454 Ansi Bay Assembly

    It mounts in ETSI-standard racks. The shelf assembly is a total of 435 mm (17.35 inches) wide with no mounting ears attached. Ring runs are not provided by Cisco and might hinder side-by-side installation of shelves where space is limited.

  • Page 574: Mounting A Single Node

    A shelf assembly should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack. Figure 13-4 shows the rack mounting position for the ONS 15454 ETSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-8 September 2004...

  • Page 575: Mounting Multiple Nodes

    Most standard (Telcordia GR-63-CORE, 23-inch [584.2 mm]) seven-foot (2,133 mm) racks can hold three ONS 15454 ETSI shelves, two air ramps, and a fuse and alarm panel. Figure 13-5 shows a three-shelf ONS 15454 ETSI bay assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-9 September 2004...

  • Page 576: Flexlayer And Y-Cable Protection

    (86.6 in.) high or higher Air Ramp ETSIs (SDH) Air Ramp 13.4 FlexLayer and Y-Cable Protection The Cisco ONS 15454 FlexLayer DWDM system includes the following components: Two-channel add or drop flex module • FlexLayer shelf assembly • Y-cable FlexLayer module •...

  • Page 577: Flexlayer Modules

    50.1 193.4 1550.12 15216-FLB-2-50.9= 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 15216-FLB-2-52.5= 52.5 193.1 1552.52 54.1 192.9 1554.13 15216-FLB-2-54.9= 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 15216-FLB-2-56.5= 56.5 192.6 1556.55 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-11 September 2004...

  • Page 578: Figure 13-6 Two-Channel Add/Drop Flexlayer Module Block Diagram

    WDM composite signal is sent to the ADD-COM-TX port. A two-percent tap coupler, ADD-MON, is used to monitor the multiplexed WDM composite signal. Figure 13-7 shows the physical appearance of the ONS 15454 two-channel add/drop FlexLayer module. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-12 September 2004...

  • Page 579: Figure 13-7 Ons 15454 Two-Channel Optical Add/Drop Flexlayer Module

    RX Ports 9 and 10. The two-percent tap MON port is mapped to Port 7. Port 6 is not active. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-13 September 2004...

  • Page 580: Y-Cable Protection Module

    When the module is used in the coupler direction, the individual signals enter the module from the CPL-RXn ports and pass through a passive star coupler to the CPL-TX port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-14...

  • Page 581: Figure 13-11 1:2 Splitter And 2:1 Coupler (Y-Cable Protection) Module Block Diagram

    FlexLayer Module. This module has two versions, one for single-mode applications and the other for multimode applications. Figure 13-12 ONS 15454 Y-Cable Protection FlexLayer Module (Single Mode) Front Panel CS-SM-Y Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-15 September 2004...

  • Page 582: Typical Dwdm Rack Layouts

    MXP_2.5_10E MXP_MR_2.5G • TXP_MR_10G • TXP_MR_10E • TXP_MR_2.5G • 13.5 Typical DWDM Rack Layouts Typical dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) applications might include: 3 ONS 15454 shelves • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-16 September 2004...
  • Page 583 7 patch panels (or fiber storage tray[s]) • Or, alternatively: 3 ONS 15454 shelves • 2 DCUs • 6 patch panels (or fiber storage tray[s]) • Figure 13-15 for a typical rack layout. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-17 September 2004...

  • Page 584: Figure 13-15 Typical Dwdm Equipment Layout In An Ons 15454 Ansi Rack

    If you are installing a patch panel or fiber storage tray below the ONS 15454 shelf, you must install the air ramp between the shelf and patch panel/fiber tray or leave one rack unit (RU) space open. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-18...

  • Page 585: Front Door

    The ONS 15454 ANSI ships with a standard door but can also accommodate a deep door and extended fiber clips (15454-DOOR-KIT) to provide additional room for cabling (Figure 13-17). The ONS 15454 ETSI does not support the deep door. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-19 September 2004...

  • Page 586: Figure 13-17 Cisco Ons 15454 Ansi Deep Door

    Before you remove the ONS 15454 front door, you must remove the ground strap of the front door (Figure 13-18). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-20 September 2004...

  • Page 587: Figure 13-18 Ons 15454 Ansi Front Door Ground Strap

    Chapter 13 Shelf Hardware Reference 13.6 Front Door Figure 13-18 ONS 15454 ANSI Front Door Ground Strap Figure 13-19 shows how to remove the ONS 15454 ANSI front door. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-21 September 2004...

  • Page 588: Figure 13-19 Removing The Ons 15454 Ansi Front Door

    F A IL M IN Translucent circles for LED viewing Door hinge Assembly hinge pin Assembly hinge Figure 13-20 shows how to remove the ONS 15454 ETSI front door. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-22 September 2004...

  • Page 589: Figure 13-20 Removing The Ons 15454 Etsi Front Door

    ID, rack ID, and serial number for the ONS 15454. Figure 13-21 shows the erasable label on the ONS 15454 ANSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-23 September 2004...

  • Page 590: Figure 13-21 Ons 15454 Ansi Front-Door Erasable Label

    Chapter 13 Shelf Hardware Reference 13.6 Front Door Figure 13-21 ONS 15454 ANSI Front-Door Erasable Label Figure 13-22 shows the erasable label on the ONS 15454 ETSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-24 September 2004...

  • Page 591: Figure 13-22 Ons 15454 Etsi Front-Door Erasable Label

    ONS 15454 ANSI laser warning and Figure 13-24 for the ONS 15454 ETSI laser warning. Figure 13-23 Laser Warning on the ONS 15454 ANSI Front-Door Label Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-25 September 2004...

  • Page 592: Ons 15454 Ansi Backplane Covers

    (one on each side of the backplane). See Figure 13-25. Each cover is held in place with nine 6-32 x 3/8 inch Phillips screws. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-26 September 2004...

  • Page 593: Lower Backplane Cover

    Remove the lower backplane cover to access the alarm interface panel (AIP), alarm pin fields, frame ground, and power terminals (Figure 13-26). Figure 13-26 Removing the Lower Backplane Cover Retaining screws Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-27 September 2004...

  • Page 594: Rear Cover

    Figure 13-27 Backplane Attachment for Cover Screw locations for attaching the rear cover You can also install the optional spacers if more space is needed between the cables and rear cover (Figure 13-28). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-28 September 2004...

  • Page 595: Alarm Interface Panel

    Note comes preinstalled on the shelf assembly (15454-SA-ANSI or 15454-SA-HD). The MAC address identifies the nodes that support circuits. It allows Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) Note to determine circuit sources, destinations, and spans. The TCC2 cards in the ONS 15454 ANSI also use the MAC address to store the node database.

  • Page 596: Alarm Interface Panel Replacement

    If the AIP fails, a MAC Fail alarm displays on the CTC Alarms menu and/or the LCD display on the fan-tray assembly goes blank. To perform an in-service replacement of the AIP, you must contact the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (Cisco TAC). For contact information, see Obtaining Technical...

  • Page 597: Wire-Wrap And Pin Connections

    60 VDC, anda maximum current of 100 mA. See the “20.7 External Alarms and Controls” section on page 20-13 for further information. 13.9.1 Wire-Wrap and Pin Connections Figure 13-31 shows the wire-wrapping connections on the backplane. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-31 September 2004...

  • Page 598: Figure 13-31 Aep Wire-Wrap Connections To Backplane Pins

    AE_DOUT_P Orange AE_DIN_N AE_DOUT_N AE_DOUT_P AE_DIN_P Brown AE_DOUT_N AE_DIN_N Figure 13-32 is a circuit diagram of the alarm inputs. (Inputs 1 and 32 are shown in the example.) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-32 September 2004...

  • Page 599: Figure 13-32 Alarm Input Circuit Diagram

    Pin Number Signal Name ALARM_IN_1– ALARM_IN_2– ALARM_IN_3– ALARM_IN_4– ALARM_IN_5– ALARM_IN_6– ALARM_IN_7– ALARM_IN_8– ALARM_IN_9– ALARM_IN_10– ALARM_IN_11– ALARM_IN_12– ALARM_IN_13– ALARM_IN_14– ALARM_IN_15– ALARM_IN_16– ALARM_IN_17– ALARM_IN_18– ALARM_IN_19– ALARM_IN_20– ALARM_IN_21– ALARM_IN_22– ALARM_IN_23– ALARM_IN_24– ALARM_IN_25– Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-33 September 2004...

  • Page 600: Figure 13-33 Alarm Output Circuit Diagram

    Table 13-4 Pin Association for Alarm Output Pins AMP Champ AMP Champ Pin Number Signal Name Pin Number Signal Name — COM_0 COM_1 — NO_1 NO_2 — COM_2 COM_3 — NO_3 NO_4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-34 September 2004...

  • Page 601: Aep Specifications

    Each input limited to 2 mA Termination: 50-pin AMP champ connector – Alarm outputs • Number of outputs: 16 – Switched by opto MOS (metal oxide semiconductor) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-35 September 2004...

  • Page 602: Cable Routing And Management

    Note To remove the jumper slack storage reels, take out the screw in the center of each reel. • Optional fiber management tray (recommended for DWDM nodes) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-36 September 2004...

  • Page 603: Fiber Management

    The maximum capacity of the fiber routing channel depends on the size of the fiber jumpers. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-37...

  • Page 604: Figure 13-35 Fiber Capacity

    Maximum Number of Fibers Exiting Each Side Fiber Diameter No Ethernet Cables One Ethernet Cable Two Ethernet Cables 1.6 mm (0.6 inch) 2 mm (0.7 inch) 3 mm (0.11 inch) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-38 September 2004...

  • Page 605: Fiber Management Using The Optional Patch-Panel Module

    Figure 13-36 Patch-Panel Module 13.10.3 Fiber Management Using the Optional DWDM Fiber Tray Cisco recommends installing a fiber storage tray in multinode racks to facilitate fiber management for DWDM applications. Refer to Figure 13-15 for typical mounting locations.

  • Page 606: Fiber Management Using The Optional Ansi Tie-Down Bar

    Figure 13-38 shows the tie-down bar, the ONS 15454 ANSI, and the rack. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-40 September 2004...

  • Page 607: Fan-Tray Assembly

    Chapter 13 Shelf Hardware Reference 13.11 Fan-Tray Assembly Figure 13-38 Tie-Down Bar on the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Shelf Assembly Tie-down bar 13.11 Fan-Tray Assembly The fan-tray assembly is located at the bottom of the ONS 15454 shelf assembly. The fan tray is a removable drawer that holds fans and fan-control circuitry for the ONS 15454.

  • Page 608: Fan Speed And Power Requirements

    The temperature measured by the TCC2 sensors appears on the LCD screen. Table 13-8 lists power requirements for the fan-tray assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-42 September 2004...

  • Page 609: Fan Failure

    The red Fan Fail LED on the front of the fan tray illuminates when one or more fans fail. For fan tray replacement instructions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. The red Fan Fail LED clears after you install a working fan tray.

  • Page 610: Ons 15454 Etsi Power And Ground

    Pin connections are provided on the ONS 15454 ANSI backplane. For information about ONS 15454 ETSI connections, see the “13.8 ONS 15454 ETSI Front Mount Electrical Connection” section on page 13-30. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-44 September 2004...
  • Page 611 R3.4 or later. In this case the backplane pin labeling appears as indicated in Figure 13-42 on page 13-47, but you must use the pin assignments provided by the AIC-I as shown in Figure 13-41. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-45 September 2004...

  • Page 612: Figure 13-41 Ons 15454 Ansi Backplane Pinouts (Release 3.4 Or Later)

    Alarm input pair number 10: Reports closure on connected wires. Alarm input pair number 11: Reports closure on connected wires. Alarm input pair number 12: Reports closure on connected wires. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-46 September 2004...

  • Page 613: Alarm Contact Connections

    Visual and audible alarm contacts are classified as Critical, Major, Minor, and Remote. Figure 13-42 on page 13-47 shows alarm pin assignments. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-47 September 2004...

  • Page 614: Timing Connections

    Before you can connect an ONS 15454 ANSI to other ONS 15454 ANSI shelves or to a LAN, you must change the default IP address that is shipped with each ONS 15454 ANSI (192.1.0.2). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-48...

  • Page 615: Tl1 Craft Interface Installation

    ONS 15454 cards have electrical plugs at the back that plug into electrical connectors on the shelf assembly backplane. When the ejectors are fully closed, the card plugs into the assembly backplane. Figure 13-43 shows card installation for an ONS 15454 ANSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-49 September 2004...

  • Page 616: Figure 13-43 Installing Cards In The Ons 15454 Ansi

    Figure 13-43 Installing Cards in the ONS 15454 ANSI F A N F A IL M IN Guide rail Ejector Figure 13-44 shows card installation in the ONS 15454 ETSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-50 September 2004...

  • Page 617: Card Slot Requirements

    Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. Only install cards with a circle symbol on the faceplate. Blue/Triangle Slots 5, 6, 12, and 13. Only install cards with circle or a triangle symbol on the faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-51 September 2004...

  • Page 618: Card Replacement

    Ferrite placements on the ONS 15454 ANSI can include power cables, AMP Champ connectors, baluns, BNC/SMB connectors, and the wire-wrap pin field. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 13-52 September 2004...

  • Page 619: Chapter 14 Card Reference

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms Note do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.

  • Page 620: Card Overview

    • MIC-C/T/P • 14.1.3 DWDM Cards ONS 15454 DWDM cards are grouped into the following categories: Optical service channel cards—These cards provide bidirectional channels that connect ONS 15454 • DWDM nodes and transport general-purpose information (including CTC management) without affecting the client traffic. ONS 15454 optical service channel cards include the Optical Service Channel Module (OSCM) and the Optical Service Channel and Combiner/Separator Module (OSC-CSM).

  • Page 621: Transponder And Muxponder Cards

    Table 14-66 on page 14-122 for details. 14.1.5 Card Summary Table 14-1 lists and summarizes the functions of each Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM and client card. Table 14-1 DWDM and Client Cards for the ONS 15454 Card Port Description For Additional Information...
  • Page 622 14-81 12 to 16. Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_10G The TXP_MR_10G card has two sets of ports See the 14.8.1 TXP_MR_10G located on the faceplate. Card, page 14-87 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-4 December 2004...
  • Page 623 MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards, page 14-113 MXPP_MR_2.5G The MXPP_MR_2.5G card has 10 sets of ports See the 14.8.6 MXP_MR_2.5G located on the faceplate. and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards, page 14-113 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-5 December 2004...

  • Page 624: Card Compatibility

    Chapter 14 Card Reference 14.1.6 Card Compatibility 14.1.6 Card Compatibility Table 14-2 lists the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) software compatibility for each DWDM and client card. Table 14-2 DWDM and Client Card CTC Software Release Compatibility Compatibility Card Type R4.5 R4.6...

  • Page 625: Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, And Oadm Card Interface Classes

    19 dB 20 dB 8 dB Power sensitivity –24 dBm –18 dBm –21 –20 –22 dBm –26 –18 Power overload -8 dBm -8 dBm -9 dBm -8 dBm Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-7 December 2004...
  • Page 626 11 dB Power sensitivity –31 dBm –25 dBm –30 dBm –23 dBm –24 dBm –27 –33 Power overload -9 dBm -9 dBm -9 dBm -9 dBm Transmitted Power Range Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-8 December 2004...

  • Page 627: Dwdm Card Channel Allocation Plan

    3. BER = bit error rate 14.1.8 DWDM Card Channel Allocation Plan ONS 15454 DWDM multiplexers, demultiplexers, channel OADM, and band OADM cards are designed for use with specific channels. In most cases, the channels for these cards are either numbered (1 to 32) or delimited (odd or even).

  • Page 628: Table 14-7 Dwdm Channel Allocation Plan

    1551.72 52.5 193.1 1552.52 54.1 192.9 1554.13 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 56.5 192.6 1556.55 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-10 December 2004...

  • Page 629: Common Control Cards

    328 ft (100 m) at temperatures from 32 to 149 degrees Fahrenheit (0 to 65 degrees Celsius). Figure 14-1 shows the faceplate and block diagram for the TCC2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-11 December 2004...

  • Page 630: Tcc2 Functionality

    The TCC2 monitors both supply voltage inputs on the shelf. An alarm is generated if one of the supply voltage inputs has a voltage out of the specified range. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-12 December 2004...

  • Page 631: Tcc2 Card-Level Indicators

    EIA/TIA-232 ASCII interface for local craft access. It also has a 10BaseT LAN port for user interfaces via the backplane. Cisco does not support operation of the ONS 15454 with only one TCC2 card. For full functionality and Note to safeguard your system, always operate with two TCC2 cards.

  • Page 632: Aic Card

    Relay Input 1 Ringer Relay Input 2 Input 3 Relay Input 4 AIC FPGA LED x12 Output 1 Relay Output 2 EEPROM Output 3 SCL links Output 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-14 December 2004...

  • Page 633: External Alarms And Controls

    SONET ring or particular optics facility. Local orderwire also allows communication at regeneration sites when the regenerator is not a Cisco device. You can provision orderwire functions with CTC similar to the current provisioning model for DCC/GCC channels.

  • Page 634: Figure 14-3 Rj-11 Connector

    When provisioning the orderwire subnetwork, make sure that an orderwire loop does not exist. Loops cause oscillation and an unusable orderwire channel. Figure 14-3 shows the standard RJ-11 orderwire pins. Figure 14-3 RJ-11 Connector RJ-11 Pin 1 Pin 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-16 December 2004...

  • Page 635: Aic-I Card

    UDC-A UDC-B DCC-A Express orderwire DCC-B (DTMF) Ring Local orderwire 12/16 x IN (DTMF) Ring IN/OUT Ringer Power Monitoring Input LED x2 AIC-I FPGA Output EEPROM SCL links Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-17 December 2004...

  • Page 636: Aic-I Card-Level Indicators

    The alarm condition remains raised until the external input stops driving the contact or you unprovision the alarm input. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-18 December 2004...

  • Page 637: Orderwire

    SONET ring or particular optics facility. Express orderwire also allows communication via regeneration sites when the regenerator is not a Cisco device. You can provision orderwire functions with CTC similar to the current provisioning model for DCC/GCC channels.

  • Page 638: Power Monitoring

    ONS 15454 network. Each AIC-I card provides two user data channels, UDC-A and UDC-B, through separate RJ-11 connectors on the front of the AIC-I card. Each UDC can be routed to an individual optical interface in the ONS 15454. For instructions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.

  • Page 639: Data Communications Channel

    Its position is in Slot 23 in the center of the subrack Electrical Facility Connection Assembly (EFCA) area. Figure 14-6 shows the MIC-A/P faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-21 December 2004...

  • Page 640: Mic-A/P Connector Pinouts

    Alarm input pair 3, reports closure on connected wires ALMINP3 N Alarm input pair 4, reports closure on connected wires ALMINP3 P Alarm input pair 4, reports closure on connected wires Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-22 December 2004...
  • Page 641 ALMOUP2 P Normally open output pair 3 ALMOUP3 N Normally open output pair 4 ALMOUP3 P Normally open output pair 4 AUDALM0 N Normally open Minor audible alarm Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-23 December 2004...

  • Page 642: Mic-C/T/P Fmec

    LAN port, modem port (for future use), and system timing inputs and outputs. Install the MIC-C/T/P in Slot 24. Figure 14-7 shows the MIC-C/T/P FMEC faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-24 December 2004...

  • Page 643: Figure 14-7 Mic-C/T/P Faceplate And Block Diagram

    Connection for two system timing outputs • Storage of manufacturing and inventory data For proper system operation, both the MIC-A/P and MIC-C/T/P FMECs must be installed in the shelf. Note Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-25 December 2004...

  • Page 644: Mic-C/T/P Port-Level Indicators

    OSC terminations are present, one for the West side and another for the East side. The channel transports OSC overhead that is used to manage ONS 15454 DWDM networks. An OSC signal uses the 1510-nm wavelength and does not affect client traffic. The primary purpose of this channel is to carry clock synchronization and orderwire channel communications for the DWDM network.

  • Page 645: Block Diagram

    Chapter 14 Card Reference 14.4.1 OSCM Card Figure 14-8 OSCM Faceplate OSCM FAIL 14.4.1.2 Block Diagram Figure 14-9 shows the OSCM block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-27 December 2004...

  • Page 646: Figure 14-9 Oscm Block Diagram

    OC-3 signal and then sending it to the DWDM cards. The DWDM cards then forward the clock information to the active and standby TCC2 cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-28 December 2004...

  • Page 647: Power Monitoring

    (AIS-L), or high BER on one or more of the card’s ports. The amber signal fail (SF) LED also illuminates when the transmit and receive fibers are incorrectly connected. When the fibers are properly connected, the light turns off. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-29 December 2004...

  • Page 648: Oscm Port-Level Indicators

    (DCN) data and FE payload are carried on this link. 14.4.2 OSC-CSM Card This section describes the OSC-CSM card. 14.4.2.1 Faceplate Figure 14-11 shows the OSC-CSM faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-30 December 2004...

  • Page 649: Block Diagram

    Chapter 14 Card Reference 14.4.2 OSC-CSM Card Figure 14-11 OSC-CSM Faceplate FAIL 14.4.2.2 Block Diagram Figure 14-12 shows the OSC-CSM block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-31 December 2004...

  • Page 650: Figure 14-12 Osc-Csm Block Diagram

    DC/DC Input filters TOH & Cell Bus M P M P BAT A&B SCL Bus RxClkRef to TCCs Figure 14-13 shows the OSC-CSM optical module functional block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-32 December 2004...

  • Page 651: Figure 14-13 Osc-Csm Optical Module Functional Block Diagram

    Optical safety: Signal loss detection and alarming, fast transmitted power shut down by means of an • optical 1x1 switch • Optical safety remote interlock (OSRI), a feature capable of shutting down the optical output power Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-33 December 2004...

  • Page 652: Power Monitoring

    Input OSC LINE RX In Com COM RX Output Osc LINE TX 14.4.2.4 OSC-CSM Card-Level Indicators The OSC-CSM card has three card-level LED indicators, described in Table 14-19. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-34 December 2004...

  • Page 653: Osc-Csm Port-Level Indicators

    14.5.1 OPT-PRE Amplifier This section describes the OPT-PRE Amplifier card. 14.5.1.1 Faceplate Figure 14-14 shows the OPT-PRE amplifier faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-35 December 2004...

  • Page 654: Block Diagrams

    Chapter 14 Card Reference 14.5.1 OPT-PRE Amplifier Figure 14-14 OPT-PRE Faceplate FAIL 14.5.1.2 Block Diagrams Figure 14-15 shows the OPT-PRE block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-36 December 2004...

  • Page 655: Figure 14-15 Opt-Pre Block Diagram

    • Fast transient suppression • Nondistorting low-frequency transfer function • Settable maximum output power Fixed output power mode (mode used during provisioning) • MAL for fiber-based DCU • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-37 December 2004...

  • Page 656: Power Monitoring

    The amber SF LED also illuminates when the transmit and receive fibers are incorrectly connected. When the fibers are properly connected, the light turns off. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-38 December 2004...

  • Page 657: Opt-Pre Port-Level Indicators

    This section describes the OPT_BST Amplifier card. The OPT-BST gain range is 5 to 20 dB in constant gain mode and output power mode. 14.5.2.1 Faceplate Figure 14-17 shows the OPT-BST amplifier faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-39 December 2004...

  • Page 658: Block Diagrams

    Chapter 14 Card Reference 14.5.2 OPT-BST Amplifier Card Figure 14-17 OPT-BST Faceplate FAIL 14.5.2.2 Block Diagrams Figure 14-18 shows the OPT-BST amplifier block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-40 December 2004...

  • Page 659: Figure 14-18 Opt-Bst Block Diagram

    OSC. You can install the OPT-BST in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. To control the gain tilt, the OPT-BST is equipped with a built-in VOA. The OPT-BST features include: • Fixed gain mode (with programmable tilt) True variable gain • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-41 December 2004...

  • Page 660: Power Monitoring

    The amber SF LED also illuminates when the transmit and receive fibers are incorrectly connected. When the fibers are properly connected, the light turns off. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-42 December 2004...

  • Page 661: Opt-Bst Port-Level Indicators

    LINE TX is the output signal port. LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section). COM TX is the output signal port (receive section). OSC RX is the OSC add input port. OSC TX is the OSC drop output port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-43 December 2004...

  • Page 662: Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Cards

    1544.53 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.5 193.6 1548.51 50.1 193.4 1550.12 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 52.5 193.1 1552.52 54.1 192.9 1554.13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-44 December 2004...

  • Page 663: Key Features

    Each single-channel port is monitored using a photodiode to enable automatic power regulation. • An additional optical monitoring port with 1/99 splitting ratio is available. 14.6.1.2 Faceplate Figure 14-20 shows the 32MUX-O faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-45 December 2004...

  • Page 664: Figure 14-20 32Mux-O Faceplate

    The 32MUX-O has four multifiber push-on (MPO) 8-fiber optical ribbon connectors on its front panel for the client input interfaces and two LC-PC-II optical connectors, one for the main output and the other for the monitor port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-46 December 2004...

  • Page 665: Block Diagrams

    Figure 14-22 shows the 32MUX-O optical module functional block diagram. Figure 14-22 32MUX-O Optical Module Functional Block Diagram Inputs COM TX Physical photodiode Control Control interface Variable optical attenuator Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-47 December 2004...

  • Page 666: Power Monitoring

    The 32DMX-O takes up two slots in an ONS 15454 and can be installed in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. 14.6.2.1 Key Features The DMX-O features include: AWG that enables channel demultiplexing functions. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-48 December 2004...
  • Page 667 32-Channel Wavelength Selective Switch (32WSS) card in ONS 15454 Multiservice Transport Platform (MSTP) nodes. Each single-channel port is monitored using a photodiode to enable automatic power regulation. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-49 December 2004...

  • Page 668: Faceplate

    Chapter 14 Card Reference 14.6.2 32DMX-O Card 14.6.2.2 Faceplate Figure 14-23 shows the 32DMX-O card faceplate. Figure 14-23 32DMX-O Faceplate 32DMX-0 FAIL Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-50 December 2004...

  • Page 669: Block Diagrams

    32DMX-O optical module functional block diagram. Figure 14-25 32DMX-O Optical Module Functional Block Diagram COM RX DROP TX Control Variable optical attenuator Control interface Physical photodiode Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-51 December 2004...

  • Page 670: Power Monitoring

    The 32DMX card can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and in Slots 12 to 17. The 32DMX card is designed specifically for use in ONS 15454 DWDM nodes. The 32DMX card works in conjunction with the 32WSS card to create a software-controlled network element with ROADM functionality.

  • Page 671: Key Features

    A terminal site can be configured using only a 32WSS card and a 32DMX card plugged into the east or west side of the shelf. 14.6.3.2 Faceplate Figure 14-26 shows the 32DMX card front panel and the basic traffic flow through the ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-53 December 2004...

  • Page 672: Block Diagrams

    COM RX. This input port is connected using a single LC duplex optical connector. 14.6.3.3 Block Diagrams A block diagram of the 32DMX card is shown in Figure 14-27. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-54 December 2004...

  • Page 673: Figure 14-27 32Dmx Block Diagram

    32DMX optical module functional block diagram. Figure 14-28 32DMX Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 20 dB max attenuation COM RX DROP TX Variable optical attenuator Physical photodiode Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-55 December 2004...

  • Page 674: Power Monitoring

    DROP TX from the 32WSS module). The TX ports are 32 drop ports. The connectors provide four groups of eight channels ranging from xx.x wavelength to yy.y wavelength according to the channel plan. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-56 December 2004...

  • Page 675: 4Md-Xx.x Card

    Band 50.1 (F) 50.1, 50.9, 51.7, 52.5 Band 54.1 (G) 54.1, 54.9, 55.7, 56.5 Band 58.1 (H) 58.1, 58.9, 59.7, 60.6 14.6.4.2 Faceplate Figure 14-29 shows the 4MD-xx.x faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-57 December 2004...

  • Page 676: Figure 14-29 4Md-Xx.x Faceplate

    Chapter 14 Card Reference 14.6.4 4MD-xx.x Card Figure 14-29 4MD-xx.x Faceplate -X.XX FAIL Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-58 December 2004...

  • Page 677: Block Diagrams

    COM RX Optical Module COM TX Channel Inputs FPGA Power supply DC/DC For SCL Bus Processor input filters converter management SCL Bus SCL Bus A&B TCC M TCC P Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-59 December 2004...

  • Page 678: Power Monitoring

    Table 14-32 4MD-xx.x Port Calibration Photodiode CTC “Type” Name Calibrated to Port P1 - P4 COM TX P5 - P8 DROP DROP TX Channel OUT COM COM TX IN COM COM RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-60 December 2004...

  • Page 679: 4Md-Xx.x Card-Level Indicators

    COM TX is the line output. The 15xx.x TX ports represent demultiplexed channel outputs 1 to 4. The 15xx.x RX ports represent multiplexed channel inputs 1 to 4. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-61...

  • Page 680: Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer Cards

    The 1-Channel OADM (AD-1C-xx.x) card passively adds or drops one of the 32 channels utilized within the 100-GHz-spacing of the DWDM card system. Thirty-two versions of this card—each designed only for use with one wavelength—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. Each wavelength version of the card has a different part number.

  • Page 681: Block Diagrams

    Chapter 14 Card Reference 14.7.1 AD-1C-xx.x Card Figure 14-32 AD-1C-xx.x Faceplate AD-1C -X.XX FAIL 14.7.1.2 Block Diagrams Figure 14-33 shows the AD-1C-xx.x block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-63 December 2004...

  • Page 682: Figure 14-33 Ad-1C-Xx.x Block Diagram

    AD-1C-xx.x optical module functional block diagram. Figure 14-34 AD-1C-xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram Control Control interface Virtual photodiode Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator Channel 15xx.xx Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-64 December 2004...

  • Page 683: Power Monitoring

    Sixteen versions of this card—each designed for use with one pair of wavelengths—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions. Each version of the card has a different part number.

  • Page 684: Key Features

    Band 50.1 (F) 50.1, 50.9 51.7, 52.5 Band 54.1 (G) 54.1, 54.9 55.7, 56.5 Band 58.1 (H) 58.1, 58.9 59.7, 60.6 14.7.2.2 Faceplate Figure 14-35 shows the AD-2C-xx.x faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-66 December 2004...

  • Page 685: Figure 14-35 Ad-2C-Xx.x Faceplate

    Chapter 14 Card Reference 14.7.2 AD-2C-xx.x Card Figure 14-35 AD-2C-xx.x Faceplate AD-2C -X.XX FAIL Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-67 December 2004...

  • Page 686: Block Diagrams

    AD-2C-xx.x optical module functional block diagram. Figure 14-37 AD-2C-xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram Control Control interface Virtual photodiode Physical photodiode First Second Variable optical attenuator channel channel Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-68 December 2004...

  • Page 687: Power Monitoring

    Eight versions of this card—each designed for use with one band of wavelengths—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions. There are eight versions of this card with eight part numbers.

  • Page 688: Key Features

    Band 50.1 (F) 50.1, 50.9, 51.7, 52.5 Band 54.1 (G) 54.1, 54.9, 55.7, 56.5 Band 58.1 (H) 58.1, 58.9, 59.7, 60.6 14.7.3.2 Faceplate Figure 14-38 shows the AD-4C-xx.x faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-70 December 2004...

  • Page 689: Block Diagram

    Chapter 14 Card Reference 14.7.3 AD-4C-xx.x Card Figure 14-38 AD-4C-xx.x Faceplate AD-4C -X.XX FAIL 14.7.3.3 Block Diagram Figure 14-39 shows the AD-4C-xx.x block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-71 December 2004...

  • Page 690: Figure 14-39 Ad-4C-Xx.x Block Diagram

    Control 4Ch OADM module Control interface EXP TX EXP RX P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 Virtual photodiode Physical photodiode TX Channels RX Channels Variable optical attenuator Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-72 December 2004...

  • Page 691: Power Monitoring

    The AD-4C-xx.x card has 12 LC-PC-II optical ports: eight for add/drop channel client input and output, two for express channel input and output, and two for communication. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-73...

  • Page 692: Ad-1B-Xx.x Card

    100-GHz-spaced channels. Eight versions of this card with eight different part numbers—each version designed for use with one band of wavelengths—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions.

  • Page 693: Block Diagram

    Chapter 14 Card Reference 14.7.4 AD-1B-xx.x Card Figure 14-41 AD-1B-xx.x Faceplate AD-1B -X.XX FAIL 14.7.4.3 Block Diagram Figure 14-33 shows the AD-1B-xx.x block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-75 December 2004...

  • Page 694: Figure 14-42 Ad-1B-Xx.x Block Diagram

    Figure 14-43 shows the AD-1B-xx.x optical module functional block diagram. Figure 14-43 AD-1B-xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram Control Control interface Virtual photodiode Physical photodiode Physical photodiode Band xx.x Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-76 December 2004...

  • Page 695: Power Monitoring

    The AD-1B-xx.x has six LC-PC-II optical ports: two for add/drop channel client input and output, two for express channel input and output, and two for communication. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-77...

  • Page 696: Ad-4B-Xx.x Card

    100-GHz-spaced channels. Two versions of this card with different part numbers—each version designed for use with one set of bands—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions.

  • Page 697: Block Diagram

    Chapter 14 Card Reference 14.7.5 AD-4B-xx.x Card Figure 14-44 AD-4B-xx.x Faceplate AD-4B -X.XX FAIL 14.7.5.3 Block Diagram Figure 14-45 shows the AD-4B-xx.x block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-79 December 2004...

  • Page 698: Figure 14-45 Ad-4B-Xx.x Block Diagram

    Figure 14-46 AD-4B-xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram Control Control interface P4 P9 B30.3 or B46.1 B34.2 or B50.1 B38.1 or B54.1 B42.1 or B58.1 Virtual photodiode Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-80 December 2004...

  • Page 699: Power Monitoring

    14.7.6 32WSS Card The 32-Channel Wavelength Selective Switch (32WSS) card performs channel add/drop processing within the ONS 15454 DWDM node. The 32WSS works in conjunction with the 32DMX to implement ROADM functionality. Equipped with ROADM functionality, the ONS 15454 DWDM can be configured to add or drop individual optical channels using CTC, Cisco MetroPlanner, and CTM.

  • Page 700: Faceplate

    A terminal site can be configured using only a 32WSS card and a 32DMX card plugged into the east or west side of the shelf. 14.7.6.1 Faceplate Figure 14-47 shows the 32WSS module front panel and identifies the traffic flow through the ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-82 December 2004...

  • Page 701: Figure 14-47 32Wss Faceplate And Ports

    Figure 14-47 32WSS Faceplate and Ports 32WSS FAIL 32 Add Ports Add 1-8 Add 9-16 Add 17-24 DROP TX EXP RX Add 25-32 EXP TX COM RX COM TX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-83 December 2004...

  • Page 702: Block Diagrams

    Aggregate optical signals that enter the EXP RX and COM RX port are processed in two ways. The optical processing stages are shown in Figure 14-49, which provides a detailed optical functional diagram of the 32WSS card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-84 December 2004...

  • Page 703: Figure 14-49 32Wss Optical Block Diagram

    EXP TX port of the 32WSS. This optical signal is typically connected to the other 32WSS module within the network element. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-85 December 2004...

  • Page 704: Power Monitoring

    TX is the port for the dropped channels. The xx.x-yy.y TX ports represent the four groups of eight channels ranging from xx.x wavelength to yy.y wavelength according to the channel plan. 14.8 Transponder and Muxponder Cards This section describes the transponder and muxponder cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-86 December 2004...

  • Page 705: Txp_Mr_10G Card

    If you create a GCC on either card of the protection group, the trunk (span) port stays permanently Note active, regardless of the switch state. When you provision a GCC, you are provisioning unprotected overhead bytes. The GCC is not protected by the protect group. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-87 December 2004...

  • Page 706: Faceplate And Block Diagram

    The TXP_MR_10G card detects SF, LOS, or LOF conditions on the optical facility. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for a description of these conditions. The card also counts section and line bit interleaved parity (BIP) errors from B1 and B2 byte registers in the section and line overhead.

  • Page 707: Txp_Mr_10G Port-Level Indicators

    Each port supports two wavelengths on the DWDM side. Each wavelength LED matches one of the wavelengths. This LED indicates that the card is configured for Wavelength 2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-89 December 2004...

  • Page 708: Txp_Mr_10E Card

    (labeled) on the card faceplate. The TXP_MR_10E card detects SF, LOS, or LOF conditions on the optical facility. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for a description of these conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors from the B1 and B2 byte registers in the section and line overhead.

  • Page 709: Faceplate And Block Diagram

    (ITU-T G.691). The SR-1 is a 1310-nm optical interface that utilizes LC connectors. SR-1 is typically used in short-reach intra-office applications with ranges typically up to 7 km. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-91 December 2004...

  • Page 710: Dwdm Trunk Interface

    NO FEC, FEC, and E-FEC. The output bit rate are always 10.7092 Gbps as defined in G.709, but the error coding performance can be provisioned as follows: NO FEC: no forward error correction • FEC: standard G.975 Reed-Solomon algorithm • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-92 December 2004...

  • Page 711: Fec And E-Fec Modes

    BERs on one or more of the card’s ports. The amber SF LED is also on if the transmit and receive fibers are incorrectly connected. If the fibers are properly connected and the link is working, the light turns off. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-93 December 2004...

  • Page 712: Txp_Mr_10E Port-Level Indicators

    Tx Y-cable. Only the Tx client port of the Active TXP_MR_2.5G card is turned on and transmits the signal towards the receiving client equipment. See the “14.9 Transponder and Muxponder Protection” section on page 14-119 for more information. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-94 December 2004...

  • Page 713: Table 14-52 2R And 3R Mode And Itu-T G.709 Compliance By Client Interface

    ITU-T G.709 enabled. Table 14-53 Trunk Bit Rates With ITU-T G.709 Enabled Client Interface ITU-T G.709 Disabled ITU-T G.709 Enabled OC-48/STM-16 2.488 Gbps 2.66 Gbps 2G-FC 2.125 Gbps 2.27 Gbps Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-95 December 2004...

  • Page 714: Faceplate

    Performance monitoring of the ITU-T G.709 OH and SONET/SDH OH is implemented. 14.8.3.1 Faceplate Figure 14-52 shows the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G faceplates. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-96 December 2004...

  • Page 715: Block Diagram

    Figure 14-52 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Faceplates TXPP 2.5G 2.5G FAIL FAIL TXP_MR_2.5G TXPP_MR_2.5G 14.8.3.2 Block Diagram Figure 14-53 shows a block diagram of the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-97 December 2004...

  • Page 716: Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Safety Labels

    The TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards detect SF, LOS, or LOF conditions on the optical facility. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for a description of these conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors from B1 and B2 byte registers in the section and line overhead.

  • Page 717: Figure 14-54 Laser Radiation Warning-Hazard Level Label

    This label alerts personnel to electrical hazards within the card. The potential of shock hazard exists when adjacent cards are removed during maintenance and touching exposed electrical circuitry on the card itself. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-99 December 2004...

  • Page 718: Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Card-Level Indicators

    Green RX LED The green RX LED indicates that the indicated DWDM port is in service and that it is currently receiving a recognized signal. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-100 December 2004...

  • Page 719: Mxp_2.5G_10G Card

    MXP_2.5G_10G cards are connected via the TX Y-cable with only the active card signal passing through as the single TX client signal. See the “14.9.1 Y-Cable Protection” section on page 14-119 more details. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-101 December 2004...

  • Page 720: Faceplate

    Figure 14-58 shows the MXP_2.5G_10G faceplate. Figure 14-58 MXP_2.5G_10G Faceplate 10 Gb/s 1542.14 1542.94 FAIL ACT/STBY 14.8.4.3 Block Diagram Figure 14-59 shows a block diagram of the MXP_2.5G_10G card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-102 December 2004...

  • Page 721: Timing Synchronization

    LC connector on the trunk side and SFP connectors on the client side for optical cable termination. The MXP_2.5G_10G card detects SF, LOS, or LOF conditions on the optical facility. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for a description of these conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors from B1 and B2 byte registers in the section and line overhead.

  • Page 722: Mxp_2.5G_10G Port-Level Indicators

    Warning Do not reach into a vacant slot or chassis while you install or remove a module or a fan. Exposed circuitry could constitute an energy hazard. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-104 December 2004...

  • Page 723: Key Features

    The SFP pluggable modules are short reach (SR) or intermediate reach (IR) and support an LC fiber connector. The MXP_2.5G_10E card detects SF, LOS, or LOF conditions on the optical facility. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for a description of these conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors from B1 and B2 byte registers in the section and line overhead.
  • Page 724 LOS at the DWDM receiver or if there is a remote fault. In the event of a remote fault, the card manages multiplex section alarm indication signal (MS-AIS) insertion. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-106...

  • Page 725: Faceplate

    ODU1 into one 10-Gbps trunk. The DWDM trunk is tunable for transmission over four wavelengths in the 1550-nm, ITU 100-GHz spaced channel grid. Figure 14-61 shows the block diagram for the MXP_2.5G_10E card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-107 December 2004...

  • Page 726: Multiplexing Function

    The output of the muxponder is a single 10-Gbps DWDM trunk interface defined using OTU2. It is within the OTU2 framing structure that FEC or E-FEC information is appended to enable error checking and correction. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-108 December 2004...

  • Page 727: Timing Synchronization

    E-FEC can be turned on to provide greater range and lower BER. The default mode is FEC on and E-FEC off. E-FEC is provisioned using CTC. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-109 December 2004...

  • Page 728: Sonet/Sdh Overhead Byte Processing

    30.3 1531.12 30.3 1531.90 30.3 1532.68 34.2 1534.25 34.2 1535.04 34.2 1535.82 34.2 1536.61 38.1 1538.19 38.1 1538.98 38.1 1539.77 38.1 1540.56 42.1 1542.14 42.1 1542.94 42.1 1543.73 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-110 December 2004...

  • Page 729: Automatic Laser Shutdown

    CTC to ensure that all LEDs are functional. 14.8.5.16 Onboard Traffic Generation The MXP_2.5G_10E card provides internal traffic generation for testing purposes according to pseudo-random bit sequence (PRBS), SONET/SDH, or ITU-T G.709. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-111 December 2004...

  • Page 730: Mxp_2.5G_10E Card-Level Indicators

    The card has four client ports, and so has four Client LEDs. Green DWDM LED The green DWDM LED indicates that the DWDM port is in service and that it is receiving a recognized signal. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-112 December 2004...

  • Page 731: Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Cards

    The current version of the Transparent Generic Framing Procedure (GFP-T) G.7041 supports transparent mapping of 8B/10B block-coded protocols, including Gigabit Ethernet, Fibre Channel, and FICON. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-113 December 2004...

  • Page 732: Table 14-62 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxp_Mr_2.5G Client Interface Data Rates And Encapsulation

    MXPP_MR_2.5 cards support FC credit based flow control with a buffer-to-buffer credit extension of up to 1600 km for 1G FC and up to 800 km for 2G FC. The feature can be enabled or disabled. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-114...

  • Page 733: Faceplates

    SFP client interfaces. Ports 1 and 2 can be used for GE, FC, or FICON. Ports 3 through 8 are for future use. There are two serializer/deserializer (SERDES) blocks dedicated to the high-speed interfaces (GE, Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-115...

  • Page 734: Figure 14-63 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Block Diagram

    For optical termination, each SFP uses two LC connectors, which are labeled TX and RX on the faceplate. The trunk port is dual LC connector with a 45 degree downward angle. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-116 December 2004...

  • Page 735: Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Safety Labels

    The MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G cards detect SF, LOS, or LOF conditions on the trunk interface of the optical facility. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a description of these conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors for the trunk interface from the B1 and B2 byte registers in the section and line overhead.

  • Page 736: Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Card-Level Indicators

    When the LED is amber, it indicates that the interface is carrying protect traffic in a splitter protection card (MXPP_MR_2.5G). A red LED indicates Amber (Protect Traffic) that the interface has detected an LOS or LOC. Red (LOS) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-118 December 2004...

  • Page 737: Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Port-Level Indicators

    Loss of Signal–Payload (LOS-P) alarms, also called Incoming Payload Signal Absent alarms, can occur Note on a split signal if the ports are not in a Y-cable protection group. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-119 December 2004...

  • Page 738: Splitter Protection

    In case of failure. the far-end switch must choose the appropriate signal using its built-in optical switch. The triggers for a protection switch are LOS, LOF, SF, or SD. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-120...

  • Page 739: Far-End Laser Control (Felc)

    In the case of the TXP_MR_2.5G (and TXPP_MR_2.5G), MXP_MR_2.5G (and MXPP_MR_2.5G), and TXP_MR_10E cards, several transponders may be cascaded before the cumulative jitter violates the jitter specification. The recommended limit is 20 cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-121 December 2004...

  • Page 740: Transponder And Muxponder Termination Modes

    SONET SDCC and LDCC bytes and the SDH DCCr and DCCm bytes. 1. The clients operating at rates of OC48/STM16 are multiplexed into an OC192/STM64 frame before going to OTN or DWDM. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-122 December 2004...

  • Page 741: Sfp Modules

    14.13.1 Compatibility by Card Table 14-67 lists the transponder and muxponder cards and their compatible SFPs. Only use SFP certified for use in Cisco Optical Networking Systems. The qualified Cisco SFP pluggable Caution module’s top assembly numbers (TANs) are provided in Table 14-67.

  • Page 742: Figure 14-70 Mylar Tab Sfp

    EXT—extended operating temperature range -5°C to 85°C • IND—industrial operating temperature range -40°C to 85°C • Figure 14-70 Mylar Tab SFP Figure 14-71 Actuator/Button SFP Figure 14-72 Bail Clasp SFP Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 14-124 December 2004...

  • Page 743: Dwdm Node Reference

    15.1 DWDM Node Configurations The ONS 15454 supports the following DWDM node configurations: hub, terminal, OADM, reconfigurable OADM, anti-ASE, line amplifier, and OSC regeneration line. The Cisco MetroPlanner tool creates a plan for amplifier placement and proper node equipment. Note 15.1.1 Hub Node...

  • Page 744: Figure 15-1 Hub Node Configuration Example

    32DMX-O card, which demultiplexes and attenuates the input signal. The west receive fiber path is identical through the west OPT-BST amplifier, the west OPT-PRE amplifier, and the west 32DMX-O card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-2 September 2004...

  • Page 745: Terminal Node

    32MUX-O and 32DMX-O cards installed. The channel flow for a terminal node is the same as the hub node (see Figure 15-2). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-3 September 2004...

  • Page 746: Oadm Node

    Unlike express path, an optical pass-through channel can be converted later to an add/drop channel in an altered ring without affecting another channel. OADM amplifier placement and required card placement is determined by the Cisco MetroPlanner tool or your site plan. OADM nodes can be amplified or passive. In amplified OADMs, the OPT-PRE and the OPT-BST amplifiers are installed on the east and west sides of the node.

  • Page 747: Figure 15-4 Amplified Oadm Node Configuration Example

    32-wavelength plan is based on eight bands (each band contains four channels), optical adding and dropping can be performed at the band level and/or at the channel level (meaning individual channels can be dropped). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-5 September 2004...

  • Page 748: Figure 15-5 Amplified Oadm Node Channel Flow Example

    OADM node configuration. The passive OADM node is equipped with a band filter, one four-channel multiplexer/demultiplexer, and a channel filter on each side of the node. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-6 September 2004...

  • Page 749: Figure 15-6 Passive Oadm Node Configuration Example

    Combiner/Separator Module OSC-CSM) card is used instead of the OPT-BST amplifier and the OSCM card. Figure 15-7 Passive OADM Node Channel Flow Example TCC2 AIC-I AD-xB-xx.x AD-1C-xx.x AD-1C-xx.x AD-xB-xx.x Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-7 September 2004...

  • Page 750: Roadm Node

    However, if 32DMX-O cards are installed, Slots 6 and 12 cannot be used for TXP or MXP cards. Figure 15-6 shows an example of an ROADM with 32DMX-O cards installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-8 September 2004...

  • Page 751: Figure 15-9 Roadm Node With Bst-Pre, Opt-Bst, And 32Dmx-O Cards Installed

    OSC-CSM and west 32WSS modules. In this example, OSC-CSM modules are installed so OPT-BST modules are not needed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-9 September 2004...

  • Page 752: Anti-Ase Node

    Figure 15-5 on page 15-6. Figure 15-11 shows an anti-ASE node that uses all wavelengths in the pass-through mode. Use Cisco MetroPlanner to determine the best configuration for anti-ASE nodes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-10 September 2004...

  • Page 753: Line Amplifier Node

    (OSC) signal with the pass-though channels. If the node does not contain OPT-BST amplifiers, you must use OSC-CSM cards rather than OSCM cards in your configuration. Figure 15-12 shows an example of a line node configuration. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-11 September 2004...

  • Page 754: Osc Regeneration Node

    To electrically regenerate the OSC channel whenever the span links are 37 dB or longer and payload • amplification and add/drop capabilities are not present. Cisco MetroPlanner places an OSC regeneration node in spans longer than 37 dB. 31 dB is the longest span between the OSC regeneration node and the next DWDM network site.

  • Page 755: Figure 15-13 Osc Regeneration Line Node Configuration Example

    Figure 15-13 OSC Regeneration Line Node Configuration Example Figure 15-14 shows the OSC regeneration node OSC signal flow. Figure 15-14 OSC Regeneration Line Site Example Fiber Fiber Fiber Fiber Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-13 September 2004...

  • Page 756: Automatic Power Control

    Amplifier gain is recalculated every time the number of provisioned channels returns to zero. If you need to force a recalculation of the gain, move the number of channels back to zero. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-14 September 2004...

  • Page 757: Apc At The Node And Network Levels

    Note Software R4.7 does not report corrections that are not performed and exceed the 3 dB correction factor to management interfaces (Cisco Transport Controller [CTC], Cisco Transport Manager [CTM], and Transaction Language One [TL1]). To avoid large power fluctuations, APC adjusts power levels incrementally. The maximum power correction is +/–...

  • Page 758: Managing Apc

    When APC is disabled, aging compensation is not applied and circuits cannot be activated. Do not Caution disable APC unless it is required for specific maintenance or troubleshooting tasks. Always enable APC as soon as the tasks are completed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-16 September 2004...

  • Page 759: Figure 15-15 Automatic Power Control

    • Gain • Total Signal Output Power OPT-PRE LINE-1-TX Gain • Total Signal Output Power • AD-xB-xx.x LINE-1-TX VOA Target Attenuation BAND-i-TX AD-1C-xx.x LINE-1-TX VOA Target Attenuation AD-2C-xx.x Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-17 September 2004...

  • Page 760: Roadm Power Equalization Monitoring

    1 dB. The minimum and maximum expected span loss values are calculated by Cisco MetroPlanner for the network and imported into CTC. However, you can manually change the minimum and expected span loss values.

  • Page 761: Automatic Node Setup

    Every path introduces a different penalty on the signal that crosses it. • Client interfaces add their signal to the ONS 15454 DWDM ring with different power levels. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7...
  • Page 762 The order in which the DWDM elements are connected together on the express paths Channels that are dropped and added • Channels or bands that have been configured as pass through • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-20 September 2004...

  • Page 763: Automatic Node Setup Parameters

    The default value for the provisioned attribute is AUTO. 15.5.1 Automatic Node Setup Parameters All ONS 15454 ANS parameters are calculated by Cisco MetroPlanner for nodes configured for metro core networks. (Parameters must be configured manually for metro access nodes.) Cisco MetroPlanner exports the calculated parameters to an ASCII file called “NE Update.”...

  • Page 764: Table 15-2 Ans Parameters

    • East Side Add and Drop Stage Band (i) Drop Power (i = 1..8 • East Side Add and Drop Stage Channel (i) Drop Power (i = 1..32) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-22 September 2004...

  • Page 765: Viewing And Provisioning Ans Parameters

    +/– Transmitting • +/– Amplifier – – +/– Power – +/– Threshold +/– West +/– Receiving • +/– Amplifier – +/– Power – +/– Threshold – +/– Transmitting • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-23 September 2004...

  • Page 766: Figure 15-18 Wdm-Ans Provisioning

    +/– East +/– Receiving +/– Amplifier East Side Rx Amplifier Working Mode East Side Rx Amplifier Ch Power East Side Rx Amplifier Gain East Side Rx Amplifier Tilt Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-24 September 2004...
  • Page 767 +/– East +/– Transmitting +/– Power West Side Add and Drop Output Power West Side Add and Drop By-Pass Power root +/– West +/– Transmitting +/– Thresholds West Side Fiber Stage Input Threshold Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-25 September 2004...

  • Page 768: Table 15-4 Ans Parameters By Node Type

    East and West Side Add and Drop Input Power East and West Side Add and Drop Output Power East and West Side Add and Drop By-Pass Power East and West Side Channel (n) Drop Power Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-26 September 2004...
  • Page 769 East and West Side Add and Drop Input Power East and West Side Add and Drop Output Power East and West Side Band (n) Drop Power (n = 1-8) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-27 September 2004...
  • Page 770 East and West Side Fiber Stage Input Threshold Thresholds Rx East and West Side Osc Los Threshold East and West Side Channel Los Threshold East and West Side Receive Amplifier Input Power Fail Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-28 September 2004...

  • Page 771: Table 15-5 Ans Parameters Summary

    Root MC, MA, ND U, TS, FC, O, H, LS, R West Side Rx Max Expected Span Loss WS, Rx MC, MA TS, FC, O, H, LS, R Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-29 September 2004...
  • Page 772 West Side Band 1...8 Drop Power –50 –14 WS, Rx, P, DB FC, O East Side Band 1...8 Drop Power –50 –14 ES, Rx, P, DB FC, O Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-30 September 2004...
  • Page 773 WS, Rx, P, DC, B1 MC, MA TS, H, R East Side Channel 1...32 Drop Power –50 –14 ES, Rx, P, DC, B1 MC, MA TS, H, R Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-31 September 2004...
  • Page 774 Chapter 15 DWDM Node Reference 15.5.2 Viewing and Provisioning ANS Parameters Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 15-32 September 2004...

  • Page 775: Dwdm Network Reference

    16.4 Network Optical Safety - Automatic Laser Shutdown, page 16-18 16.1 Network Applications Cisco ONS 15454s can be provisioned for metro access and metro core DWDM network applications. Metro access networks are 60 km or less in size. Channels are not equalized and dispersion compensation is not applied.

  • Page 776: Hubbed Rings

    Multihop traffic can be provisioned on this ring. From a transmission point of view, this network topology is similar to two or more point-to-point links with OADM nodes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-2 December 2004...

  • Page 777: Any-To-Any Rings

    For more information about ROADM nodes, see the “15.1.4 ROADM Node” section on page 15-8. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-3 December 2004...

  • Page 778: Meshed Rings

    For more information about OADM nodes, see the “15.1.3 OADM Node” section on page 15-4. For more information about anti-ASE nodes, see the “15.1.5 Anti-ASE Node” section on page 15-10. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-4 December 2004...

  • Page 779: Linear Configurations

    ONS 15454 nodes in a linear configuration without an OADM node. For more information about terminal nodes, see the “15.1.2 Terminal Node” section on page 15-3. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-5 December 2004...

  • Page 780: Single-Span Link

    The maximum number of nodes that can be in an ONS 15454 DWDM network is 16. The DWDM topologies and node types that are supported are shown Table 16-1.

  • Page 781: Table 16-1 Supported Topologies, And Node Types

    TXP_2.5G_10E—FEC enabled TXP_MR_10G—FEC enabled TXP_MR_10E—FEC enabled 10 Gbps TXP_2.5G_10G—FEC not enabled TXP_MR_10G—FEC not enabled 10 Gbps OC-192 LR ITU TXP_2.5G_10E—FEC not enabled 2.5 Gbps TXP_MR_2.5G—FEC enabled TXPP_MR_2.5G—FEC enabled Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-7 December 2004...

  • Page 782: Optical Performance For Rings And Linear Networks With Oadm Nodes

    — — — 21 dB 23 dB 16 dB — — 19 dB — 1. 0.5 dB of OSNR impairment recovered by FEC margin @ BER > 10-6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-8 December 2004...

  • Page 783: Table 16-4 Span Loss For 16-Channel Ring And Linear Networks With Oadm Nodes Using Smf Fiber

    — 22 dB 24 dB 19 dB — 17 dB 21 dB — 18 dB — — 21 dB 23 dB 16 dB — — 19 dB — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-9 December 2004...

  • Page 784: Optical Performance For Linear Networks Without Oadm Nodes

    21 dB 23 dB 24 dB 21 dB 23 dB 17 dB 16 dB 24 dB 24 dB 22 dB 20 dB 21 dB 23 dB 20 dB Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-10 December 2004...

  • Page 785: Table 16-8 Span Loss For 32-Channel Linear Networks Without Oadm Nodes Using Tw-Rs Fiber

    Only OPT-PRE amplifiers are installed. • Span losses are equal. • Table 16-2 for client card class definitions. A dash (—) indicates the spans are not available for that Note client class. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-11 December 2004...

  • Page 786: Table 16-9 Span Loss For 32-Channel Linear Networks Without Oadm Nodes Using E-Leaf Fiber

    8-channel linear networks using SMF fiber. Span loss values assume the following: • No OADM nodes are installed. Only OPT-PRE amplifiers are installed. • Span losses are equal. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-12 December 2004...

  • Page 787: Optical Performance For Roadm Rings And Linear Networks

    24 dB 19 dB 27 dB 17 dB 19 dB — 19 dB — — 23 dB 23 dB 18 dB 25 dB 14 dB 18 dB — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-13 December 2004...

  • Page 788: Table 16-13 Span Loss For 32-Channel Ring And Linear Networks With Roadm And Oadm Nodes Using Smf Fiber

    All nodes in the ring are ROADM. • Span losses are equal. • Table 16-2 for client card class definitions. A dash (—) indicates spans that are not available for that Note client class. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-14 December 2004...

  • Page 789: Table 16-14 Pass/Fail Criteria For 32-Channel, 8-Node Roadm Rings Using Smf Fiber

    16 ROADM nodes (15 spans) required for any-to-any node circuit reconfigurations. All nodes in the ring are ROADM. • Span losses are equal. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-15 December 2004...

  • Page 790: Table 16-15 Pass/Fail Criteria For 32-Channel, 16-Node Roadm Rings Using Smf Fiber

    OPT-PRE and <15 <15 <15 <15 <15 <15 <15 — OPT-BST/OPT- BST-E 1. Cisco MetroPlanner calculates the maximum ring circumference and number of nodes that can be supported. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-16 December 2004...

  • Page 791: Optical Performance For Single-Span Networks

    OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E amplifiers. The optical performance for this special configuration is given for Classes A through G. Classes A, B, and C use 8-dBm nominal channel power. Classes D, E, F, and G use Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-17...

  • Page 792: Network Optical Safety - Automatic Laser Shutdown

    However, the laser must be manually restarted when conditions that caused the outage are resolved. Manual Restart for Test: Manually restarts the laser for testing. • In the following paragraphs, two ALS scenarios are given: Nodes using OPT-BT cards (amplified nodes) • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-18 December 2004...

  • Page 793: Scenario 1: Fiber Cut In Nodes Using Opt-Bst Or Opt-Bst-E Cards

    Power monitoring photodiode detects a LOS for the optical payload LOS is declared The OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E amplifier laser is shut down in less than three seconds The OSCM laser is shut down The OPT-PRE laser is shut down Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-19 December 2004...

  • Page 794: Scenario 2: Fiber Cut In Nodes Using Osc-Csm Cards

    Note exceed Class 1 limits. 16.4.2 Scenario 2: Fiber Cut in Nodes Using OSC-CSM Cards Figure 16-9 shows nodes using OSC-CSM cards with a fiber cut between them. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-20 December 2004...

  • Page 795: Figure 16-9 Nodes Using Osc-Csm Cards

    Power monitoring photodiode detects a LOS on the OSC and OSC-CSM detects LOS Power monitoring photodiode detects a LOS for the optical payload LOS is declared The OSC laser is shut down The optical switch blocks incoming traffic Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-21 December 2004...
  • Page 796 The OSC-CSM at Node A then receives the signal and tells the Node A OSC to resume transmitting and for the optical switch to pass incoming traffic. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 16-22 December 2004...

  • Page 797: Chapter 17 Cisco Transport Controller Operation

    C H A P T E R Cisco Transport Controller Operation This chapter describes Cisco Transport Controller (CTC), the software interface for the Cisco ONS 15454. For CTC setup and login information, refer to Chapter 2, “Connect the PC and Log into the GUI.”...

  • Page 798: Figure 17-1 Ctc Software Versions, Node View

    Figure 17-1 CTC Software Versions, Node View Software tab Maintenance tab Select the Maintenance > Software tabs in network view to display the software versions installed on all the network nodes (Figure 17-2). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-2 September 2004...

  • Page 799: Ctc Software Installed On The Pc Or Unix Workstation

    If the computer does not have CTC installed, or if the installed release is older than the TCC2 card’s version, the launcher downloads the CTC program files from the TCC2 card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-3...

  • Page 800: Pc And Unix Workstation Requirements

    Environment (JRE) installed. The correct JRE for each CTC software release is included on the Cisco ONS 15454 software CD and the ONS 15454 documentation CD. If you are running multiple CTC software releases on a network, the JRE installed on the computer must be compatible with the different software releases.

  • Page 801: Table 17-2 Computer Requirements For Ctc

    Cable User-supplied CAT-5 straight-through cable — with RJ-45 connectors on each end to connect the computer to the ONS 15454 directly or through a LAN Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-5 September 2004...

  • Page 802: Ons 15454 Connections

    ONS 15454 using a modem. ONS 15454. The modem must be provisioned for • the ONS 15454. To run CTC, the modem must be provisioned for Ethernet access. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-6 September 2004...

  • Page 803: Ctc Window

    (Table 17-4). Table 17-4 Node View Card Colors Card Color Status Gray Slot is not provisioned; no card is installed. Violet Slot is provisioned; no card is installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-7 September 2004...

  • Page 804: Table 17-5 Node View Fmec Color

    Port color in both card and node view indicates the port service state. Table 17-7 lists the port colors and their service states. For more information about port service states, refer to Appendix C, “DWDM Enhanced State Model.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-8 September 2004...

  • Page 805: Figure 17-4 Terminal Loopback Indicator

    TL1 RTRV-COND command. The AINS port will automatically transition to IS-NR/Unlocked-enabled when a signal is received for the length of time provisioned in the soak field. Figure 17-4 Terminal Loopback Indicator Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-9 September 2004...

  • Page 806: Node View Card Shortcuts

    Performs maintenance tasks for the node. Database, Ether Bridge, Protection, BLSR (ANSI), MS-SPRing (ETSI), Software, Cross-Connect, Overhead XConnect, Diagnostic, Timing, Audit, Routing Table, RIP Routing Table, Test Access, DWDM Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-10 September 2004...

  • Page 807: Network View

    Table 17-9 DCC Colors Indicating State in Network View Color and Line Style State Green and solid Active/Routable Green and dashed Active/Nonroutable Gray and solid Failed/Routable Gray and dashed Failed/Nonroutable Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-11 September 2004...

  • Page 808: Card View

    17-9). The information that appears and the actions you can perform depend on the card. For more information about card service states, refer to Appendix C, “DWDM Enhanced State Model.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-12 September 2004...

  • Page 809: Figure 17-7 Ctc Card View Showing A 32Dmx-O Card

    Card (displays alarms and events retrieved from a fixed-size log on the card) Circuits Creates, deletes, edits, and search circuits. — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-13 September 2004...

  • Page 810: Tcc2 Card Reset

    When a CTC reset is performed on an active TCC2 card, the AIC and AIC-I cards go through an initialization process and also reset because the AIC and AIC-I cards are controlled by the active TCC2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-14...

  • Page 811: Tcc2 Card Database

    Internet Inter-ORB Protocol (IIOP) port. If you change the node name and then restore a backed up database with a different node name, the circuits map to the new node name. Cisco recommends keeping a record of the old and new node names.
  • Page 812 Chapter 17 Cisco Transport Controller Operation 17.8 Software Revert Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 17-16 September 2004...

  • Page 813: Chapter 18 Security And Timing

    18.1 Users and Security The Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) ID is provided with the ONS 15454 system, but the system does not display the user ID when you sign into CTC. This ID can be used to set up other ONS 15454 users.

  • Page 814: Table 18-1 Ons 15454 Security Levels-Node View

    Active Logins: Logout — — — Policy: Edit — — — Access: Edit — — — Legal Disclaimer: Edit — — — SNMP Create/Delete/Edit — — Browse trap destinations Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 18-2 September 2004...
  • Page 815 — Reset — Maintenance Database Backup — Restore — — — EtherBridge Spanning Trees: View MAC Table: Retrieve MAC Table: Clear/Clear All — Trunk Utilization: Refresh Circuits: Refresh Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 18-3 September 2004...

  • Page 816: Table 18-2 Ons 15454 Security Levels-Network View

    Table 18-2 ONS 15454 Security Levels—Network View CTC Tab Subtab [Subtab]: Actions Retrieve Maintenance Provisioning Superuser Alarms — Synchronize/Filter/Delete cleared alarms Conditions — Retrieve/Filter History — Filter Circuits — Create/Edit/Delete — — Filter/Search Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 18-4 September 2004...

  • Page 817: Security Policies

    “NTP-G88 Modify Users and Change Security” procedure on page 9-34. Table 18-3 ONS 15454 Default User Idle Times Security Level Idle Time Superuser 15 minutes Provisioning 30 minutes Maintenance 60 minutes Retrieve Unlimited Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 18-5 September 2004...

  • Page 818: User Password, Login, And Access Policies

    Login events include authorized Cisco logins using the ONS 15454 command line interface (CLI) or CTC, the ONS 15454 graphical user interface. You can move the log to a local or network drive for later review. The ONS 15454 generates an event to indicate when the log is 80 percent full, and another event to indicate that the oldest log entries are being overwritten.

  • Page 819: Network Timing Example

    The CTC Maintenance > Timing > Report tabs show current timing information for an ONS 15454, including the timing mode, clock state and status, switch type, and reference data. Mixed timing allows you to select both external and line timing sources. However, Cisco does not Caution recommend its use because it can create timing loops.

  • Page 820: Synchronization Status Messaging

    Generation 1 and Generation 2 message sets. Table 18-5 SSM Generation 1 Message Set Message Quality Description Primary reference source—Stratum 1 Synchronization traceability unknown Stratum 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 18-8 September 2004...

  • Page 821: Table 18-6 Ssm Generation 2 Message Set

    Stratum 2 Transit node clock ST3E Stratum 3E Stratum 3 SONET minimum clock Stratum 4 Do not use for timing synchronization — Reserved; quality level set by user Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 18-9 September 2004...
  • Page 822 Chapter 18 Security and Timing 18.2.2 Synchronization Status Messaging Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 18-10 September 2004...

  • Page 823: Chapter 19 Ctc Connectivity Reference

    Proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) enables one LAN-connected ONS 15454 to serve as a gateway for ONS 15454s that are not connected to the LAN. Static routes can be created to enable connections among multiple Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) •...

  • Page 824: Ip Addressing Scenarios

    Scenario 1 shows a basic ONS 15454 LAN configuration (Figure 19-1). The ONS 15454s and CTC computer reside on the same subnet. All ONS 15454s connect to LAN A, and all ONS 15454s have DCC connections. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-2 September 2004...

  • Page 825: Scenario 2: Ctc And Ons 15454S Connected To A Router

    On the CTC computer, the default gateway is set to router interface A. If the LAN uses DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol), the default gateway and IP address are assigned automatically. In the Figure 19-2 example, a DHCP server is not available. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-3 September 2004...

  • Page 826: Scenario 3: Using Proxy Arp To Enable An Ons 15454 Gateway

    The LAN device then sends the datagram for the remote ONS 15454 to the MAC address of the proxy ONS 15454. The proxy ONS 15454 uses its routing table to forward the datagram to the non-LAN ONS 15454. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-4 September 2004...

  • Page 827: Figure 19-3 Scenario 3: Using Proxy Arp

    19-4). The node with an attached host must have a static route to the host. Static routes are propagated to all DCC peers using OSPF. The existing proxy ARP node is the gateway Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-5...

  • Page 828: Scenario 4: Default Gateway On Ctc Computer

    ARP is not used because the network includes different subnets. For the CTC computer to communicate with Nodes 2 and 3, Node 1 is entered as the default gateway on the CTC computer. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-6...

  • Page 829: Scenario 5: Using Static Routes To Connect To Lans

    1 to the router through interface B. Because Nodes 2 and 3 are on different subnets, proxy ARP does not enable Node 1 as a gateway. To connect to CTC computers on LAN A, a static route is created on Node 1. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-7 September 2004...

  • Page 830: Figure 19-6 Scenario 5: Static Route With One Ctc Computer Used As A Destination (Ansi And Etsi)

    The IP address of router interface B is entered as the next hop, and the cost (number of hops from source to destination) is 2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-8 September 2004...

  • Page 831: Scenario 6: Using Ospf

    You can enable OSPF on the ONS 15454s so that the ONS 15454 topology is sent to OSPF routers on a LAN. Advertising the ONS 15454 network topology to LAN routers Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-9...

  • Page 832: Figure 19-8 Scenario 6: Ospf Enabled (Ansi And Etsi)

    IP Address 192.168.3.20 IP Address 192.168.4.30 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Default Router = N/A Default Router = N/A Static Routes = N/A Static Routes = N/A Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-10 September 2004...

  • Page 833: Scenario 7: Provisioning The Ons 15454 Proxy Server

    (ENEs). The GNE ONS 15454 tunnels connections between CTC computers and ENE ONS 15454s, providing management capability while preventing access for non-ONS 15454 management purposes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-11 September 2004...
  • Page 834 If the proxy is accidentally disabled, it is still possible to enable the proxy during a reconnect cycle and recover your ability to manage the node, even through a NAT/PAT firewall. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-12...

  • Page 835: Figure 19-10 Proxy Server Gateway Settings (Ansi Only)

    CTC Connectivity Reference 19.2.7 Scenario 7: Provisioning the ONS 15454 Proxy Server Figure 19-10 Proxy Server Gateway Settings (ANSI only) Figure 19-11 Proxy Server Gateway Settings (ETSI only) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-13 September 2004...

  • Page 836: Figure 19-12 Ons 15454 Proxy Server With Gne And Enes On The Same Subnet (Ansi And Etsi)

    ONS 15454 GNEs and ENEs in the configuration shown in Figure 19-12. Table 19-2 ONS 15454 Gateway and End NE Settings Setting ONS 15454 Gateway NE ONS 15454 End NE OSPF Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-14 September 2004...

  • Page 837: Figure 19-13 Scenario 7: Ons 15454 Proxy Server With Gne And Enes On Different Subnets (Ansi And Etsi)

    10.10.10.1 10.10.10.0/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 Gateway NE End NE 10.10.10.100/24 192.168.10.150/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 End NE End NE 192.168.10.250/24 192.168.10.200/24 Ethernet Local/Craft CTC 192.168.20.20 Optical Fiber Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-15 September 2004...

  • Page 838: Figure 19-14 Scenario 7: Ons 15454 Proxy Server With Enes On Multiple Rings (Ansi And Etsi)

    • multicast messages) Subnet mask = 255.255.255.255 • DCC interface • The ONS 15454 itself • Any destination connected through another DCC interface Within the 224.0.0.0/8 network • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-16 September 2004...

  • Page 839: Scenario 8: Dual Gnes On A Subnet

    GNEs on the same subnet. Figure 19-16 shows a network with dual GNEs on different subnets. Dual GNEs do not need special provisioning Note Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-17 September 2004...

  • Page 840: Figure 19-15 Scenario 8: Dual Gnes On The Same Subnet (Ansi And Etsi)

    10.10.10.1 10.10.10.0/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 Gateway NE Gateway NE 10.10.10.100/24 10.10.10.150/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 End NE End NE 10.10.10.250/24 10.10.10.200/24 Ethernet Local/Craft CTC 192.168.20.20 Optical Fiber Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-18 September 2004...

  • Page 841: Provisionable Patchcords

    Provisionable patchcords are required on both ends of a physical link. The provisioning at each end includes a local patchcord ID, slot/port information, remote IP address, and remote patchcord ID. Patchcords appear as dashed lines in CTC network view. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-19 September 2004...

  • Page 842: Table 19-5 Cisco Ons 15454 Client/Trunk Card Combinations For Provisionable Patchcords

    Chapter 19 CTC Connectivity Reference 19.3 Provisionable Patchcords Table 19-5 lists the supported card combinations for client and trunk ports in a provisionable patchcord. Table 19-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Client/Trunk Card Combinations for Provisionable Patchcords Client Cards MXP_2.5G_10G/ TXP_MR_2.5G/ MXP_2.5G_10E/...

  • Page 843: Routing Table

    Entry Destination Mask Gateway Usage Interface 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.20.214.1 265103 motfcc0 172.20.214.0 255.255.255.0 172.20.214.92 motfcc0 172.20.214.92 255.255.255.255 127.0.0.1 172.20.214.93 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 16853 pdcc0 172.20.214.94 255.255.255.255 172.20.214.93 16853 pdcc0 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-21 September 2004...

  • Page 844: External Firewalls

    Interface (pdcc0) indicates that a DCC interface is used to reach the gateway. • 19.5 External Firewalls This section provides sample access control lists for external firewalls. Table 19-9 lists the ports that are used by the TCC2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-22 September 2004...

  • Page 845: Table 19-9 Ports Used By The Tcc2

    100 remark *** allows ACKs back from CTC to ONS 15454 GNE *** access-list 101 remark *** Outbound ACL, NE -> CTC *** access-list 101 remark access-list 101 permit tcp host 10.10.10.100 host 192.168.10.10 eq 683 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-23 September 2004...

  • Page 846: Open Gne

    5-10 and the “DLP-G98 Provision a Firewall Tunnel” task on page 5-11. The availability of proxy and/or firewall tunnels depends on the network access settings of the node: Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-24 September 2004...

  • Page 847: Figure 19-17 Proxy And Firewall Tunnels For Foreign Terminations

    GNE would otherwise block IP access between the PC and foreign node. This configuration also requires a firewall tunnel on the ENE. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-25 September 2004...

  • Page 848: Figure 19-18 Foreign Node Connection To An Ene Ethernet Port

    Router A Interface 0/1 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.0/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 10.10.10.100/24 10.10.10.150/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 10.10.10.250/24 10.10.10.200/24 Non-ONS node Ethernet Foreign NE Local/Craft CTC 130.94.122.199/28 192.168.20.20 Optical Fiber Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 19-26 September 2004...

  • Page 849: Alarm Monitoring And Management

    • 20.1 Overview CTC detects and reports alarms generated by the Cisco ONS 15454 and the larger network. You can use CTC to monitor and manage alarms at the card, node, or network level. Default alarm severities conform to the Telcordia GR-253 standard, but you can set alarm severities in customized alarm profiles or suppress CTC alarm reporting.

  • Page 850: Alarm Counts On The Lcd For A Node, Slot, Or Port

    Edit > Preferences, and clicking the Display Events Using Each Node’s Timezone check box. See the “DLP-G118 Display Alarms and Conditions Using Time Zone” task on page 7-11. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-2 September 2004...

  • Page 851: Controlling Alarm Display

    A user can view which ONS 15454 circuits are affected by a specific alarm by positioning the cursor over the alarm in the Alarm window and right-clicking. A shortcut menu appears (Figure 20-2). See the “NTP-G66 View Alarm-Affected Circuits” procedure on page 7-14. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-3 September 2004...

  • Page 852: Figure 20-2 Select Affected Circuits Option

    When the user selects the Select Affected Circuits option, the Circuits window appears to show the circuits that are affected by the alarm (Figure 20-3). Figure 20-3 Viewing Alarm-Affected Circuits Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-4 September 2004...

  • Page 853: Conditions Tab

    Fault conditions include reported alarms and Not Reported or Not Alarmed conditions. Refer to the trouble notifications information in the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for more information about alarm and condition classifications.

  • Page 854: Conditions Column Descriptions

    The ONS 15454 can store up to 640 critical alarm messages, 640 major alarm messages, 640 minor alarm messages, and 640 condition messages. When any of these limits is reached, the ONS 15454 discards the oldest events in that category. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-6 September 2004...

  • Page 855: History Column Descriptions

    Severity level: Critical (CR), Major (MJ), Minor (MN), Not Alarmed (NA), Not Reported (NR). Status: raised (R), cleared (C), or transient (T). Indicates a service-affecting alarm (when checked). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-7 September 2004...

  • Page 856: Retrieving And Displaying Alarm And Condition History

    If the alarmed entity has no traffic provisioned on it, so no service is lost Because of this possibility of being raised at two different levels, the alarm profile pane shows Critical as CR / MN and Major as MJ / MN. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-8 September 2004...

  • Page 857: Alarm Profiles

    After the new profile is created, the Alarm Profiles window shows the original profile—frequently Default—and the new profile. Figure 20-4 Network View Alarm Profiles Window Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-9 September 2004...

  • Page 858: Alarm Profile Buttons

    20.5.2 Alarm Profile Buttons The Alarm Profiles window displays six buttons at the bottom of the screen. Table 20-5 lists and describes each of the alarm profile buttons and their functions. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-10 September 2004...

  • Page 859: Alarm Profile Editing

    • Use Default • Inherited • Inherited and Use Default severity levels only appear in alarm profiles. They do not appear when you view alarms, history, or conditions. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-11 September 2004...

  • Page 860: Row Display Options

    At the card-level view, you can apply profile changes on a port-by-port basis or set alarm profiles for all ports on that card. Figure 20-5 shows the E1000-2-G card view of an alarm profile. Figure 20-5 Card View of an E1000-2-G Card Alarm Profile Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-12 September 2004...

  • Page 861: Alarm Suppression

    “NTP-G71 Provision External Alarms and Controls on the Alarm Interface Controller Card” procedure on page 7-36 or the “NTP-G72 Provision External Alarms and Controls on the Alarm Interface Controller-International” procedure on page 7-38. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-13 September 2004...

  • Page 862: External Alarms

    Nodes 1, 2, 3, and 4 are assigned to Virtual Wire #1, and Virtual Wire #1 is provisioned as the trigger for an external bell at Node 1. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-14 September 2004...

  • Page 863: Audit Trail

    TCC2. This record shows who has accessed the system and what operations were performed during a given period of time. The log includes authorized Cisco logins and logouts using the operating system command line interface, CTC, and TL1; the log also includes FTP actions, circuit creation/deletion, and user/system generated actions.

  • Page 864: Audit Trail Log Entries

    Until the user off-loads the file, this event occurs only once regardless of the amount of entries that are overwritten by the system. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 20-16 September 2004...

  • Page 865: Display Node, Card, And Network Views

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms Note do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.

  • Page 866: Node Icons On The Network View Map

    Node Icons on the Network View Map Table A-2 lists the node icons on the network view map. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 867: Table A-2 Description Of Node Icons On Network View Map

    A DWDM OADM node icon is represented as a three-dimensional cylinder with arrows. An OADM node contains at least one AD-xC-xx.x or one AD-xB-xx.x. No 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, or 32DMX cards are provisioned. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 868: Manage The Ctc Window

    Different navigational methods are available within the CTC window to access views and perform management actions. You can double-click and right-click objects in the graphic area and move the mouse over nodes, cards, and ports to view popup status information. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 869: Ctc Menu And Toolbar Options

    ONS 15454 for Firewall Access” procedure on page 3-19. • JRE—Allows you to select another Java Runtime Environment (JRE) version. See the “DLP-G52 Change the JRE Version” task on page 2-32. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 870 Zooms out the network view area (toolbar only). — — Zooms in the network view area (toolbar only). — — Zooms in a selected network view area (toolbar only). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 871 Open TL1 Displays the TL1 session dialog box so you can create a TL1 session to a Connection specific node. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and SDH TL1 Command Quick Reference Guide. Open IOS Displays the Cisco IOS command line interface dialog box if a Cisco IOS Connection capable card (ML1000-2 or ML100T-12) is installed in the node.

  • Page 872: Ctc Mouse Options

    In addition to the CTC menu bar and toolbar, you can invoke actions by double-clicking CTC window items with your mouse, or by right-clicking an item and selecting actions from shortcut menus. Table A-4 lists the CTC window mouse shortcuts. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 873: Table A-4 Ctc Window Mouse Shortcuts

    Over card port in card view—Displays port state and alarm profile status. For DWDM cards, the port number is labeled as channel, band, or line depending on the card type along with the port state and alarm profile status. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 874: Node View Shortcuts

    Right-click a node. From the shortcut menu, choose Provision Circuit To and choose the node where you want to provision the circuit. For circuit creation procedures, see Chapter 6, “Create Channels and Circuits.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 A-10 September 2004...

  • Page 875: Table Display Options

    Choose Show Column > column_name. Display all hidden — Choose Reset Columns Order/Visibility. columns Sort table (primary) Click a column header; each Choose Sort Column. click changes sort order (ascending or descending). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 A-11 September 2004...

  • Page 876: Equipment Inventory

    Software Release 4.6. • Version ID—Displays the manufacturing version identifier for a fan tray, chassis, or card. The Version ID column displays “N/A” for equipment existing before Software Release 4.6. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 A-12 September 2004...

  • Page 877: Shelf Specifications

    Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. Note B.1 Shelf Specifications This section provides specifications for shelf bandwidth; a list of topologies; Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) specifications; the LAN, TL1, modem, and alarm specifications; timing, power, and environmental specifications; and shelf dimensions.

  • Page 878: Cisco Transport Controller

    Alarm inputs: Common 32-VDC output for all alarm-inputs, closed contact limited to 2 mA – Control outputs: Open contact maximum 60 VDC, closed contact maximum 100 mA (ETSI – only) ANSI • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 April 2006...

  • Page 879: Eia Interface (Ansi Only

    Input power: –48 VDC • Power consumption: 55 W (fan tray only); 650 W (maximum draw with cards) • Power requirements: –40.5 to –57 VDC • Power terminals: #6 Lug • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 April 2006...

  • Page 880: System Environmental Specifications

    Depth: 280 mm (11.02 in.) • Weight: 26 kg empty (57.3 lb) • B.2 General Card Specifications This section provides power specifications and temperature ranges for all ONS 15454 cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 April 2006...

  • Page 881: Power

    Maximum 0.52 Maximum 85.3 AD-4B-xx.x Nominal 17 Nominal 0.35 Nominal 58.0 Maximum 25 Maximum 0.52 Maximum 85.3 32WSS Typical 50 Typical 1.04 Typical 170 Maximum 65 Maximum 1.35 Maximum 221 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 April 2006...

  • Page 882: Temperature

    Card Name 0 to +55 degrees Celsius) –40 to +65 degrees Celsius) Control Cards TCC2 — 15454-TCC2 15454-AIC 15454-AIC-T AIC-I — 15454-AIC-I — 15454-AEP MIC-A/P 15454-MIC-A/P MIC-C/T/P 15454 MIC-C/T/P Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 April 2006...

  • Page 883: Common Control Card Specifications

    15454-WSS — B.3 Common Control Card Specifications This section provides specifications for the TCC2, AIC, and AIC-I cards. For compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document. B.3.1 TCC2 Card Specifications • CTC software Interface: EIA/TIA-232 (local craft access, on TCC2 faceplate) –...

  • Page 884: Aic Card Specifications (Ansi Only

    Power consumption: 6.01 W, 0.12 A, 20.52 BTU/hr – Dimensions • Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – Weight: 1.6 lb (0.7 kg) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 April 2006...

  • Page 885: Aic-I Card Specifications

    Bit rate: 576 kbps – EIA/TIA-485/V11 – Input/output impedance: 120 ohm – Termination: RJ-45 connectors – ACC connection for additional alarm interfaces • Connection to AEP – Power monitoring alarming states: • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 April 2006...

  • Page 886: Mic-A/P Fmec Specifications (Etsi Only

    • Height: 182 mm (7.165 in.) – Width: 32 mm (1.25 in.) – Depth: 92 mm (3.62 in.) – Depth with backplane connector: 98 mm (3.87 in.) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-10 April 2006...

  • Page 887: Mic-C/T/P Fmec Specifications (Etsi Only

    Width: 32 mm (1.25 in.) – Depth: 92 mm (3.62 in.) – Depth with backplane connector: 98 mm (3.87 in.) – Weight not including clam shell: 0.2 kg (0.5 lb) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-11 April 2006...

  • Page 888: Dwdm Card Specifications

    This section provides specifications for the OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE amplifier, OPT-BST amplifier, 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 4MD-xx.x, AD-IC-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, AD-4B-xx.x, and 32WSS cards. For compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document. B.4.1 OSCM Card Specifications Line •...

  • Page 889: Osc-Csm Card Specifications

    – – Minimum gain (standard range): 5.0 dBm Maximum gain (standard range with programmable gain tilt): 21 dBm Maximum gain (extended range with uncontrolled gain tilt): 38.5 dBm Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-13 April 2006...

  • Page 890: Opt-Bst Amplifier Card Specifications

    OSC filter drop (channels) insertion loss maximum: 1 dB – OSC filter drop (OSC) insertion loss maximum: 1.8 dB – OSC filter add (OSC) insertion loss maximum: 1.3 dB – Optical connectors: LC-UPC/2 – Environmental • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-14 April 2006...

  • Page 891: 32Mux-O Card Specifications

    C-Temp: –5 to +55 degrees Celsius (+23 to +131 degrees Fahrenheit) – Operating humidity: 5 to 95% relative humidity (RH) • Dimensions – Height: 12.65 in. (321.3 mm) Width: 1.84 in. (46.8 mm) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-15 April 2006...

  • Page 892: 32Dmx-O Card Specifications

    The 32DMX card optical specifications are listed in Table B-5. Note For power specifications, refer to the “14.1.7 Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, and OADM Card Interface Classes” section on page 14-7. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-16 April 2006...

  • Page 893: 4Md-Xx.x Card Specifications

    The 4MD-xx.x card optical specifications are listed in Table B-6. Note For power specifications, refer to the “14.1.7 Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, and OADM Card Interface Classes” section on page 14-7. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-17 April 2006...

  • Page 894: Table B-6 32 Mux-O Optical Specifications

    Height: 12.65 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.92 in. (23.4 mm) – Depth: 9.00 in. (228.6 mm) – For compliance information, refer to Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance • Information. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-18 April 2006...

  • Page 895: Ad-1C-Xx.x Card Specifications

    Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) Width: 0.92 in. (23.4 mm) – Depth: 9.0 in. (228.6 mm) – B.4.10 AD-2C-xx.x Card Specifications Table B-8 lists the AD-2C-xx.x optical specifications. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-19 April 2006...

  • Page 896: Ad-4C-Xx.x Card Specifications

    Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.92 in. (23.4 mm) – Depth: 9.0 in. (228.6 mm) – B.4.11 AD-4C-xx.x Card Specifications Table B-9 lists the AD-4C-xx.x optical specifications. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-20 April 2006...
  • Page 897 Operating humidity: Telcordia GR-63 5.1.1.3 compliant; 5 to 95% RH – Dimensions • Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.92 in. (23.4 mm) – Depth: 9.0 in. (228.6 mm) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-21 April 2006...

  • Page 898: Ad-1B-Xx.x Card Specifications

    194.55 1540.95 AD-1B-42.2 B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.5 194.35 1542.54 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.3 194.25 1543.33 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.1 194.15 1544.13 44.5 194.1 1544.53 44.9 194.05 1544.92 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-22 April 2006...
  • Page 899 1558.17 58.5 192.35 1558.58 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.3 192.25 1559.39 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.2 192.15 1560.20 60.6 192.1 1560.61 61.0 192.05 1561.01 Table B-11 lists AD-1B-xx.x optical specifications. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-23 April 2006...

  • Page 900: Table B-11 Ad-1B-Xx.x Optical Specifications

    AD-1B-xx.x optical input and output power varies with amplifier output levels and the class of transponder interfaces used. See Table 14-3 on page 14-7 through Table 14-6 on page 14-9 for this information. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-24 April 2006...

  • Page 901: Ad-4B-Xx.x Card Specifications

    Depth: 9.0 in. (228.6 mm) – B.4.13 AD-4B-xx.x Card Specifications Table B-13 lists the unit names, band IDs, channel IDs, frequencies, and wavelengths assigned to the two versions of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-25 April 2006...

  • Page 902: Table B-13 Ad-4B-Xx.x Channel Allocation Plan By Band

    40.9 194.55 1540.95 B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.5 194.35 1542.54 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.3 194.25 1543.33 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.1 194.15 1544.13 44.5 194.1 1544.53 44.9 194.05 1544.92 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-26 April 2006...
  • Page 903 1558.17 58.5 192.35 1558.58 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.3 192.25 1559.39 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.2 192.15 1560.20 60.6 192.1 1560.61 61.0 192.05 1561.01 Table B-14 lists AD-4B-xx.x optical specifications. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-27 April 2006...
  • Page 904 Wavelengths1533.825 or higher B34.2 Wavelengths 1533.395 or lower Wavelengths 1537.765 or higher B38.1 Wavelengths 1537.325 or lower Wavelengths 1541.715 or higher B42.1 Wavelengths 1541.275 or lower Wavelengths 1545.695 or higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-28 April 2006...

  • Page 905: 32Wss Card Specifications

    –0.25 dB bandwidth Add 1, 32 => +/–115 — — maximum VOA COM TX –0.5 dB bandwidth +/–135 — — operating –1.0 dB bandwidth +/–160 — — attenuation. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-29 April 2006...

  • Page 906: Transponder And Muxponder Card Specifications

    This section provides specifications for the TXP_MR_10G, MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_2.5G_10E, and TXP_MR_2.5G cards. For compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7...

  • Page 907: Txp_Mr_10G Card Specifications

    Receiver input power (no FEC, unamplified, 23 dB OSNR, BER 1 * 10 exp – 12): –8 to –21 dBm – Receiver input power (no FEC, unamplified, 23 dB OSNR, @ +/– 1000 ps/nm BER 1 * 10 – exp – 12): –8 to –19 dBm Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-31 April 2006...
  • Page 908 • Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – Depth with backplane connector: 9.250 in. (235 mm) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-32 April 2006...

  • Page 909: Mxp_2.5G_10G Card Specifications

    Receiver input power (no FEC, amplified, 19 dB OSNR, @ +/– 1000 ps/nm BER 1 * 10 exp – 12):–8 to –18 dBm Receiver input power (FEC, unamplified, 23 dB OSNR, BER 8 * 10 exp – 5): –8 to –24 dBm – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-33 April 2006...
  • Page 910 OC48/DV6000, intermediate reach) and ONS-SE-2G-S1 (1310 nm for OC48/STM-16, short reach). See the “14.13 SFP Modules” section on page 14-123 and the document titled “Installing GBIC, SFP and XFP Optics Modules in Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, and 15310 Platforms” for more details. • Receiver (client side) Depends on SFP that is used.

  • Page 911: Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Card Specifications

    Link loss budget: 24 dB minimum, with no dispersion or 22 dB optical path loss at – BER = 1 * 10 exp – 12 including dispersion Receiver input wavelength range: 1290 to 1605 nm – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-35 April 2006...

  • Page 912: Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Card Specifications

    15454-SFP-GEFC-SX, 15454E-SFP-GEFC-S, 15454-SFP-GE+-LX, and 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX. See the “14.13 SFP Modules” section on page 14-123 and the document titled “Installing GBIC, SFP and XFP Optics Modules in Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, and 15310 Platforms” for more details and specifications. • Receiver (client side) Depends on SFP that is used.
  • Page 913 ITU grid red band: 1546.119 to 1560.606 nm Receiver (trunk side) • Receiver sensitivity –28 dBm, BER 1 * 10 exp – 12 – Receiver overload is equal to or exceeds –8 dBm – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-37 April 2006...

  • Page 914: Mxp_2.5G_10E Card Specifications

    15454E-SFP-GE+-LX, 15454-SFP-GEFC-SX, and 15454E-SFP-GEFC-S. See the “14.13 SFP Modules” section on page 14-123 and the document titled “Installing GBIC, SFP and XFP Optics Modules in Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, and 15310 Platforms” for more details and specifications. • Receiver (client side) –...
  • Page 915 BER = 1 * 10 exp – 12 including dispersion Receiver input wavelength range: 1290 to 1605 nm – Line (client side) • Bit rate: 2.5 Gbps per port (OC-48/STM-16) – Code: Scrambled NRZ – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-39 April 2006...

  • Page 916: Txp_Mr_10E Card Specifications

    Using direct fiber loopbacks causes irreparable damage to the TXP_MR_10E card. – Connectors: LC – Compliance: Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.957, and ITU-T G.709 • Transmitter (trunk side) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-40 April 2006...
  • Page 917 Loopback modes: Terminal and facility – Connectors: LC – Compliance: Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.957, ITU-T G.691 – Transmitter (client side) • Maximum transmitter output power: –1 dBm – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-41 April 2006...

  • Page 918: Sfp Specifications

    ONS-SE-2G-S1= OC-48, STM-16 –10 to –3 –18 to –3 15454E-SFP-L.16.1= STM-16, DV6000 –5 to +0 –18 to +0 (C-Cor) 15454-SFP-200/ ESCON –8 to –4 –28 to –3 15454E-SFP-200 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-42 April 2006...

  • Page 919: Sfp Port Cabling Specifications

    10 km (6.2 miles) for FC 1G, 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX= FC 2G, and GE Long Reach 5 km (3.1 miles) for HDTV 1. Typical loss on a 1310 nm wavelength is 0.6 dB/km. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-43 April 2006...

  • Page 920: Table B-19 Multimode Fiber Sfp Port Cabling Specifications

    150 m (492 ft) for FC 2 Gbps 50.0 micron MMF 550 m (1804 ft) for FC 1 Gbps and 1.2 Gbps GE 300 m (984 ft) for FC 2 Gbps Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 B-44 April 2006...

  • Page 921: Service States

    A P P E N D I X DWDM Enhanced State Model This appendix describes the state model for Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) cards, optical payload ports, out-of-band optical supervision channel (OSC) ports, optical channel network connections (OCHNC), and transponder/muxponder cards and ports. Software Release 4.7 states are based on the generic state model defined in Telcordia GR-1093 Core, Issue 2 and...

  • Page 922: Administrative States

    Puts the entity in-service. IS,AINS Unlocked,automaticInService Puts the entity in automatic in-service. OOS,DSBLD Locked,disabled Removes the entity from service and disables it. OOS,MT Locked,maintenance Removes the entity from service for maintenance. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 923: Service State Transitions

    Locked-disabled,mismatchOfEquipment & • unassigned (ETSI) OOS-AU,AINS & SWDL (ANSI) Restart completed. IS-NR (ANSI) Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService & Unlocked-enabled (ETSI) softwareDownload (ETSI) Pull the card. OOS-AU,AINS & UEQ (ANSI) Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService & notInstalled (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 924 OOS-AU,MEA (ANSI) Unlocked-disabled,mismatchOfEquipment (ETSI) OOS-AUMA,MT & SWDL (ANSI) Restart completed. OOS-MA,MT (ANSI) Locked-disabled,maintenance & Locked-enabled,maintenance (ETSI) softwareDownload (ETSI) Pull the card. OOS-AUMA,MT & UEQ (ANSI) Locked-disabled,maintenance & notInstalled (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 925: Optical Payload Port Service State Transitions

    Put the port in the OOS,DSBLD. OOS-MA,DSBLD (ANSI) Locked-enabled,disabled (ETSI) OOS-MA,DSBLD (ANSI) Put the port in the IS,AINS OOS-AU,AINS (ANSI) administrative state. Locked-enabled,disabled (ETSI) Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService (ETSI) Put the port in the OOS,MT. OOS-MA,MT (ANSI) Locked-enabled,maintenance (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 926: Osc Port Service State Transitions

    Appendix C DWDM Enhanced State Model C.3 C.3.3 OSC Port Service State Transitions Table C-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Optical Payload Port Service State Transitions (continued) Current Service State Action Next Service State OOS-MA,MT (ANSI) Put the port in the IS,AINS OOS-AU,AINS (ANSI) administrative state.

  • Page 927: Transponder/Muxponder Card Service State Transitions

    Delete the card. If the card is valid: OOS-AUMA,UAS (ANSI) • Locked-disabled,unassigned (ETSI) • If the card is invalid: OOS-AUMA,MEA & UAS (ANSI) • Locked-disabled,mismatchOfEquipment • & unassigned (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...

  • Page 928: Table C-8 Ons 15454 Transponder/Muxponder Card Service State Transitions

    Change the administrative state OOS-AUMA,MT & UEQ (ANSI) to OOS,MT. Locked-disabled,maintenance & notInstalled (ETSI) OOS-AU,SWDL (ANSI) Restart completed. IS-NR (ANSI) Locked-disabled,softwareDownload Unlocked-enabled (ETSI) (ETSI) Pull the card. OOS-AU,UEQ (ANSI) Locked-disabled,notInstalled (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 929 OOS-AU,MEA (ANSI) Locked-disabled,mismatchOfEquipment (ETSI) OOS-AUMA,MT & SWDL (ANSI) Restart completed. OOS-MA,MT (ANSI) Locked-disabled,maintenance & Locked-enabled,maintenance (ETSI) softwareDownload (ETSI) Pull the card. OOS-AUMA,MT & UEQ (ANSI) Locked-disabled,maintenance & notInstalled (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 September 2004...
  • Page 930 Delete the card. OOS-AUMA,UAS (ANSI) Locked-disabled,unassigned (ETSI) Pull the card. OOS-AUMA,MT & UEQ (ANSI) Locked-disabled,maintenance & notInstalled (ETSI) Reset the card. OOS-AUMA,MT & SWDL (ANSI) Locked-disabled,maintenance & softwareDownload (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 C-10 September 2004...

  • Page 931: Transponder/Muxponder Port Service State Transitions

    OOS-AU,AINS (ANSI) administrative state. Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService (ETSI) Place the port in the OOS-MA,DSBLD (ANSI) OOS,DSBLD. Locked-enabled,disabled (ETSI) Place the port in loopback. OOS-MA,LPBK & MT (ANSI) Locked-enabled,loopback & maintenance (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 C-11 September 2004...
  • Page 932 MT (ANSI)/Locked-enabled,loopback and maintenance (ETSI) service state and the client ports are in IS-NR (ANSI)/Unlocked-enabled (ETSI) for complete loopback functionality. This type of loopback affects all client ports because it is performed on the aggregate signal. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Intallation and Operations Guide, R4.7 C-12...
  • Page 933 10-16 terminal and hub node acceptance test monitor performance 8-14 verify power 4-22, 4-24 power requirements 32MUX-O card put ports out of service 11-17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-1 September 2004...
  • Page 934 4-30 verify pass-through connection power 4-30 AD-4C-xx.x card AD-1C-xx.x card description 14-69 description 14-62 input power 14-7 input power 14-7 install 3-26 install 3-26 monitor performance 8-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-2 September 2004...
  • Page 935 1-76 20-11 power requirements alarms specifications troubleshoot see Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide temperature range alarm contact connections 13-47 change default severities see alarm profiles description 13-29 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-3 September 2004...
  • Page 936 AD-1B-xx.x card automatic host detection 2-15 see AD-4B-xx.x card automatic laser shutdown 16-18 bandwidth change maintenance settings 10-9 battery termination 1-38 MXP_2.5G_10E card 14-111 Bay Assembly 13-7 OSC-CSM 14-34 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-4 September 2004...
  • Page 937 CISCO15 2-27 install muxponder 3-30 Cisco MetroPlanner see MetroPlanner install transponder 3-30 Cisco Transport Controller see CTC interface classes 14-7 CLEI code A-12 part number A-12 CLETOP 11-34 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-5 September 2004...
  • Page 938 11-22 crimp tool 1-38 datagrams 19-4 date see also PC setup change setting toolbar icons see toolbar icons default 1-36 alerts 2-33 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-6 September 2004...
  • Page 939 DHCP create 9-17 manage 9-18 DWDM calculate cable connections 3-56 electrical codes 13-2 create connections 3-57 end network element 3-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-7 September 2004...
  • Page 940 1-68 change 10-78, 10-81 filtering, alarm see alarm filtering description 14-15, 14-18 filter stopper 1-12 overview 20-13 firewall pin assignments with AEP 13-34 change IIOP listener port 9-11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-8 September 2004...
  • Page 941 ETSI shelf 1-32 frame-ground pin 1-58 description 13-43 framing 5-5, 9-33 ground posts 13-44 front door install 1-30 description 13-19 see also office ground label 13-23 ground strap Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-9 September 2004...
  • Page 942 1-68 IP-encapsulated tunnel fiber storage shelf 1-68 create 6-13 FlexLayer modules 1-69 delete 6-18 FlexLayer shelf 1-69 repair 6-17 install y-cable protection modules 1-71 I-Temp ranges Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-10 September 2004...
  • Page 943 MetroPlanner 3-13 provision network settings import a configuration file 3-59 verify software version internal connections 1-74 3-35 view alarm counts provision a network 7-16, 20-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-11 September 2004...
  • Page 944 14-113 change PM thresholds install 10-43 3-30 create RMON thresholds modify line settings 8-28 10-65 create y-cable protection monitor performance 3-33 8-15 description port state transitions 14-104 C-11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-12 September 2004...
  • Page 945 18-1 optical safety 16-18 shortcuts A-10 set up basic information non-ONS node see foreign node settings set up CTC network access 16-1 timing example 18-7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-13 September 2004...
  • Page 946 1-39 fiber clip 3-55 open GNE first-time tune up description 19-24 install 3-26 see also firewall tunnels install required DCU 3-28 see also proxy tunnels Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-14 September 2004...
  • Page 947 19-7 put ports out of service 11-15 area range table 3-17 reset 11-11 disable 9-13 service state transitions IP addressing scenario 19-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-15 September 2004...
  • Page 948 2-15 popup data 17-10 craft connection using DHCP 2-13 ports disable proxy service 2-21 default UDP port for SNMP 9-43 install browser listener port 3-20 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-16 September 2004...
  • Page 949 19-19 retrieve user see security provisioning user see security revert 11-22, 17-15 Proxy ARP revertive timing description 19-1 rings enable an ONS 15454 gateway 19-4 any-to-any 16-3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-17 September 2004...
  • Page 950 13-49 set up AIC card and AIC-I card superuser privileges 18-5, 18-6 fiber management 13-37 tasks per tab 18-2, 18-4 FMEC slots 13-30 user level definitions 18-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-18 September 2004...
  • Page 951 Performance 17-14 modify 9-12 Provisioning 17-14 straight-through (CAT-5) cable see LAN cable network view subnet Alarms 17-12, 18-4 CTC and nodes on different subnets 19-3 Circuits 17-12, 18-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-19 September 2004...
  • Page 952 Windows 98 delete selected node 2-11, 2-14 change configuration for Windows NT export 2-12, 2-14, 2-17 change configuration for Windows XP go to home view 2-13, 2-15, 2-18 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-20 September 2004...
  • Page 953 14-94 TXP_MR_10G card GCC terminations 3-62 change PM thresholds install 10-32 3-30 create RMON thresholds modify line settings 8-28 10-55 create y-cable protection monitor performance 3-33 8-15 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-21 September 2004...
  • Page 954 1-69 delete 9-39, 9-40 modify 9-21 log out 9-40, 9-41 y-cable protection modules 1-71 security level definitions 18-1 set up variable optical attenuator see automatic node setup 3-58 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R4.7 IN-22 September 2004...

Table of Contents